RevMAX Blog

Uncategorized

Articles - 05_’13: Strong start bodes well for rest of 2013

 

20 May 2013 8:47 AM
By Alissa Ponchione
Editor
aponchione@hotelnewsnow.com


Story Highlights
  • During the first quarter of 2013, the hotel industry saw a 6.4%  increase in RevPAR fueled by a 4.5% uptick in ADR, said Bobby Bowers of STR.
  • Occupancy is in solid territory but will soften going into 2014 and 2015 as supply begins to increase, said Adam Sacks of Tourism Economics.
  • The top 25 markets are much stronger, showing RevPAR growth of 8%, which is being driven by rate.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—The beginning of 2013 has yielded fruitful growth in the U.S. hotel industry, which will continue—albeit slowly—into the rest of the year and 2014, according to a Market Forecast & Hotel Industry Outlook Webinar hosted by STR and Tourism Economics. STR is the parent company of HotelNewsNow.com.

Even though the U.S. is in a period of austerity, gross-domestic-product growth will be just over 2% this year and accelerate to 3% during the next year, Adam Sacks, founder and managing director of Tourism Economics, said.

Sacks said additional factors have helped the U.S. economy, as well.

“The worst of the fiscal cliff has been avoided, the Main Street economy has not been dramatically affected and even though tax increases and spending cutbacks have taken hold, there is no noticeable effect on macroeconomics,” he said.

The hotel industry will take hold of this positive momentum moving into 2013.

During the first quarter of 2013, the hotel industry’s 6.4% increase in revenue per available room growth was fueled by a 4.5% uptick in average daily rate, said Bobby Bowers, senior VP of STR.

Bobby Bowers
STR
 

“What’s driving RevPAR now is rate,” Bowers said.

Supply and demand
Although rate recovery is a positive sign, the favorable supply-demand balance that has persisted for more than a year is showing some initial signs of evening out.

“What you can see with this is the demand part is coming down to sustainable levels after a snap back from the downturn,” Bowers said. However, the “very low” room supply growth over the last two years is “beginning to creep up” around 0.6%.

With more room supply being added, it will put a drag on occupancy, he added.

Occupancy is in solid territory, according to Sacks, but it will soften going into 2014 and 2015 as supply begins to increase.

RevPAR growth is up 6.5% for first the quarter of 2013. Historical patterns show RevPAR growth extends for long periods of time followed by a downturn. “We’re in a growth phase of just under three years,” Bowers said.

“Hopefully, we’ll see more years of RevPAR growth as we move into this trend,” he added.

“The RevPAR potential for the industry is real,” Sacks said.

 


Click chart to enlarge.

Transient and group
The upper end of the market is seeing strong transient performance, particularly in the luxury, upper-upscale and upper-tier independent hotels, Bowers said.

“Transient performance has been strong and continues to be strong,” he said.

“On the group side, however, compared to where we are today and how we got there, there are challenges in terms of group roomnights sold,” Bowers added.

“Even though we’ve made progress, we’re still not back to where we want to be in transient and group rate,” he said.

Market performance
STR analyzes hotel performance in 163 U.S. markets, more than two-thirds of which experienced increases in occupancy and ADR during the first quarter. That’s a good sign going into 2013, Bowers said.

The top 25 markets are much stronger, showing RevPAR growth of 8%, which is being driven by rate.

The key 15 markets, which account for 25% of the industry room supply, are generating two-thirds of room revenue. Markets such as Oahu, Hawaii (+18.4%), Miami (+16.7%), New York (+12.9%) and Houston (+12.6%) are showing positive signs and increases in RevPAR moving into 2013.

When looking at the top 15 markets, the problem is two-thirds of those markets remain under prior peak ADR, Bowers said. “That’s one of the things we want to see as we move into 2013—continued growth in rate.”

Sacks said of the top 25 markets, Miami, Boston and Oahu are showing the largest increases in occupancy. “Anything where demand growth is outpacing supply growth, we’ll see occupancy rising. Anything where supply is outpacing demand, expect occupancy to decline.”


Click chart to enlarge.

Construction pipeline
Moving into the rest of 2013, room supply will grow slowly. 73,000 rooms are under construction, a 20% increase of rooms under construction in April 2013 compared to April 2012.

Approximately two-thirds of rooms under construction are classified as upscale or upper-midscale, and four out of 10 rooms are concentrated in metro areas.

New York has the largest number of rooms under construction with 10,600.

New York is second to last in expected RevPAR growth during the next two years, Sacks said. The same is true of Nashville, Tennessee, Washington, D.C., and Philadelphia. Miami and Boston will see the greatest RevPAR growth during the next two years, he added.

“Demand has been strong so supply is right behind and as a result RevPAR expectations are relatively slow,” he said.

Overall, Bowers said, “we had a really good start to 2013,” and although room supply growth is creeping higher, it’s still not a huge threat. The focus going forward will be on ADR driving RevPAR, he added.



Articles - 05_’13: How long does a brand last?

 

13 May 2013 8:34 AM
By Ali Hoyt and Jan D. Freitag
STR Analytics and STR


Story Highlights
  • Almost 60% (28,500) of all hotels in the STR database never change the affiliation with which they opened.
  • The average length of an independent affiliation lasts nearly twice as long as a chain affiliation at almost 23 years.
  • The average number of affiliation changes by scale shows hotels change flags less than two times in their existence.

HENDERSONVILLE, Tennessee and BOULDER, Colorado—The STR Census Database keeps track of U.S. hotels’ affiliation changes over time. Overall, there have been some 90,000 changes so far. Since we started tracking hotel data in 1987, we also have kept tabs on the name of the brand and the corresponding branding date. STR is the parent company of HotelNewsNow.com.

Brand executives and owners are keen to assure that we know which brand has access to which performance report because it is common for branded hotels to receive our weekly STAR reports, which show the property’s proprietary data. Thus the “brand affiliation” field in our database is about as real time as possible, which allows us to take a closer look at the average times a property is affiliated with a brand.

Number of affiliations by hotel
Almost 60% (28,500) of all hotels in our database never change the affiliation with which they opened.

This could either mean they remained independent for the lifetime of the hotel or remained with the same brand. Twenty percent of all hotels changed flags once (two affiliations), 12% twice (three affiliations) and the remaining 11% changed their affiliation three or more times (four or more affiliations). Despite a constant flood of press releases touting a brand conversion, the reality of the U.S. hotel industry is that most owners stay with the same affiliation, be it independent or otherwise.

The following table shows the absolute numbers of how many hotels have switched brands and how many times:

Affiliation length by chain scale
By breaking down the chain affiliation changes by scale, the following picture emerges: The average time a chain-affiliated hotel stays with a brand ranges between 10 to 15 years. Upper-upscale hotels hold a brand, on average, for just fewer than 15 years, while upscale hotels are affiliated around 10 years on average.

 

Our data seems to suggest that owners of independent hotels like to stay independent. The average length of an independent affiliation lasts nearly twice as long as a chain affiliation at almost 23 years.

The average number of affiliation changes by scale also shows hotels change flags less than two times in their existence. The notable outlier is the economy chain scale, where properties change more than two times.

Affiliation length by number of affiliations
Given that more than half of hotels stick with their original affiliation and given further that independent hotels are normally affiliated longer than branded hotels, it should come as no surprise that the average length of the current affiliation of properties that never switched brands is almost 25 years.

As properties switch brands, the average time associated with such a brand goes down. It is almost as if once the owner decides to switch, they become less brand loyal the more they switch.

The affiliation change also might result from an owner switching back and forth between brand and independent status. Another reason might be that the hotel brand companies decide a property no longer fits the brand standard and initiates the brand change from their end.


Click chart to enlarge.

For properties that already have switched affiliations seven times, the average length of the current affiliation is only 3.3 years. For these “heavy brand switchers,” the average length of affiliation with their last five affiliations is always less than five years. Keep in mind that only 404 hotels out of 50,000 hotels switched brands seven times.

Takeaways
Overall, hotel owners in the U.S. hotel industry are remarkably loyal to their original affiliation, be it a brand or no brand at all. Despite a steady influx of new chains and ongoing ownership changes that are heavily publicized in the media, the amount of flag changes is relatively small.

Franchise sales officers must like this idea. After all, it speaks to the power of their brands.

That said, once owners decide to make a change, they are much more susceptible to change again (and again), which is likely music to the ears of the competing franchise sales staff.

It will be interesting to note if the current upturn in the industry, with its strong financial results, makes owners more or less brand loyal as time goes by.



Uncategorized - 04_’13: Sequestration impact picking up steam

 

22 April 2013 6:58 AM
By Patrick Mayock
Editor-in-Chief
patrick@hotelnewsnow.com


Story Highlights
  • The sequestration has had a muted impact on hotel performance thus far.
  • LaSalle Hotel Properties reported no impact during the first quarter and minor impact thus far in the second quarter.
  • Consumer confidence has held steady, although a projected cut of 750,000 full-time jobs by year-end could undermine it.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—While the U.S. budget sequestration’s impact on hotel performance has been muted thus far, sources predict the effects will become more pronounced as the year moves on.

“I would liken it to running on a treadmill. If you set the incline up, you don’t necessarily feel it right away. It’s kind of a slow burn in terms of the impact of this being felt,” said Marlene Colucci, executive VP of public policy for the American Hotel & Lodging Association.

The sequestration was to come into force 1 January 2013 and was considered part of the so-called “fiscal cliff,” but the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 delayed it until 1 March. Now the U.S. government must meet $85 billion in budget cuts by 30 September.

Marlene Colucci
American Hotel & Lodging Association

That means cuts will intensify for the next few months, resulting in increased strain on the hotel industry.

Michael D. Barnello, president and CEO of LaSalle Hotel Properties, said Thursday during an earnings call with analysts the real estate investment trust did not experience any sequester-related effects during the first quarter.

“During the second quarter, we’ve seen minor impact, all of which has been outside of Washington, D.C.,” he said.

Joseph Bates, VP of research for the Global Business Travel Association, made a similar observation.

“We really haven’t seen a material impact of the sequester yet,” he said.
 
The impact was more immediate for Strand Development Company LLC, which manages more than 50 hotels, many of which are near military bases.

“What’s happened is the fiscal year for the government starts 1 October. Starting 1 October we actually started seeing some downturn in business in hotels in areas that really on military business,” said President John Pharr.

He said the cuts are only getting started. “As this huge bureaucracy starts to move, it’s like turning a big ship. It doesn’t happen very quickly. It turns slowly. But all of a sudden you’re noticing it turning.

“Before it was like anything goes, but now it’s like nothing goes.”

 

War of attrition
In a report issued earlier this month, Oxford Economics said the U.S. economy has been insulated somewhat from the effects of sequestration because of “remarkably strong” consumer expenditures.

That should continue to bolster leisure travel, said David Goodger, director of Europe for Tourism Economics, which is an Oxford Economics company.

“As long as unemployment doesn’t start to rise to again, consumer confidence will remain healthy and people will start to spend,” he said.

But an employment dip is expected, according to a Congressional Budget Office report cited by Colucci. The report said the sequester will result in a loss of 750,000 full-time jobs by year end. 

“Those are people who are not going to be spending that money … so certainly it will have a drag on individual spending,” she said.

The longer sequestration drags on, the greater the impact on consumer confidence. 

“It’s not exactly falling off a cliff,” Goodger said. “It’s more of a gentle slope we’re falling down.”

The Oxford Economics report points to secondary effects that “will similarly spawn slowly as orders are canceled and contracts are amended.”

Though global chains are reticent to share specific numbers, anecdotal evidence suggests such cancellations have been significant.

“For the lodging industry the government business cancellations have definitely been in the tens of millions (in revenue),” Colucci said. “In areas like D.C. in particular, they’re seeing a loss of about 7% to 8% in revenue.

“A lot of this will come to fruition later, especially as you get further down the road when you have more government contracts expiring,” she added.

Barnello pointed to such tightening on Capitol Hill during LaSalle’s earnings call.

“Within D.C. we’re being told by contacts that decision-making surrounding booking government business has gotten more stringent and as a result government leads are generally down for the remainder of the year,” he said.

However, “the impacts of government decisions are clearly nationwide and not limited to Washington, D.C.,” Barnello added, highlighting cancellations in Chicago, Indianapolis and San Diego for the latter part of 2013.

“Overall, government rooms were down slightly for the quarter from 3.6% of our rooms to 3.1%,” he said.

Effecting change
While the debate wages on in Washington, D.C., over budgets and spending, hoteliers do not have to wait it out on the sidelines, sources said.

“This is not something that is going to go away anytime soon. … If (hoteliers are) seeing impacts, they’re going to have to let their lawmakers know,” said Erik Hansen, director of domestic policy for the U.S. Travel Association.

The AH&LA’s Colucci suggested a similar route, although she emphasized the importance of relaying the economic significance of travel.

“Really making the economic case for how much of an impact travel has … is the best message that we can get across,” she said.



Articles - 04_’13: Is it better to buy, sell or develop?

 

Story Highlights
  • “If you survived the downturn, it’s a good time to be a seller,” said Thomas Ives of CB Richard Ellis Hotels.
  • “A boring market with good fundamentals” is the place to develop, said John Keeling of Valencia Group.
  • Private equity funds are getting involved in hotel transactions.
The Real Estate & Development Advisory Council at The School of Hospitality Business met 5 April at Michigan State University.

Editor’s note: This is the first in a two-part series from the Real Estate & Development Advisory Council panel at The School of Hospitality Business at Michigan State University.

EAST LANSING, Michigan—The hotel industry is a land of opportunity, but the question today is whether it’s better to be a buyer, seller or developer of hotel assets. Participants during a recent panel at Michigan State University had varied opinions.

“Actually, we’re in a state of equilibrium, but things may be leaning just a little more to the sellers,” said Thomas Ives, senior VP of CB Richard Ellis Hotels. He and about 30 members of the Real Estate & Development Advisory Council atThe School of Hospitality Business at Michigan State discussed hotel-industry investment topics during a roundtable held 5 April in East Lansing, Michigan.

“If you survived the downturn and still own a hotel, it’s a great time to be a seller because you can harvest the equity,” he said. 

Ives and other panelists agreed the decision might depend on location, and the probability of whether interest rates will rise in the future.

“When you look (to buy) full-service assets in top 25 markets, particularly (central business district) locations, values have already recovered to peak levels,” said Ryan Meliker, managing director and senior real estate investment trust analyst at  investment bank MLV. “Interest rates will be going up when you look to sell, so chances are you’re not going to see much capital appreciation. Maybe cash flows recover at the same rate as interest rates go up so you can sell at the same price, but you’re probably not seeing much appreciation. It makes sense to be a seller of these assets today.”

Buying opportunities could be best for select-service hotels in the suburbs or outside of the top 25 markets, Meliker said. The buying incentive is often based on the potential for cash-on-cash returns.

“And property values (for these assets) are still roughly 25% lower than they were in 2007 so you may even see capital appreciation on top of that,” he said.

Location is key to development
Location and chain scale make a difference in investment decisions for new hotel development, panelists said. While a company such as Concord Hospitality has mostly developed in secondary and tertiary markets in the past, it’s now branching out into other locations.

Grant Sabroff
Concord Hospitality
 

“Secondary and tertiary markets have been good for us over the years, but we’ve moved from tertiary to secondary and even a little bit into primary markets,” said Grant Sabroff, senior VP of business development forConcord, which has eight hotels under construction. “In secondary markets, you can build at a good cost, particularly in cities with good diversity of demand, such as from universities, medical centers and state governments. Find the right location and the right brand. That’s a winning formula.”

For John M. Keeling, executive VP of Valencia Group, a “boring market with good fundamentals” is the place to develop new hotels. The company develops and operates boutique hotels under the Hotel Valencia, Hotel Sorella and Lone Star Court names. Among several properties under development is one in suburban Washington, D.C.

“It’s in the no man’s land between Rockville (Maryland) and Bethesda (Maryland), so people ask me why we would build there,” said Valencia. “We will be part of a (large) mixed-use project, and while there will be a Marriott across the street, we’ll stand out in the crowd.”

Joel W. Hiser
Horwath HTL
 

Other panelists were bullish on center-city locations. Michael Kitchen, corporate director of acquisitions for Aparium Hotel Group, saiddowntown Detroit is among the locations in which his firm has interest. The company, which operates the Iron Horse Hotel in Milwaukee, plans to open a boutique hotel* in the former headquarters of the Detroit Fire Department. He said the company is using a variety of financing vehicles, including the EB-5 program, new market tax credits and historic tax credits, to make the project work.

“It’s not easy, and it’s not cheap in the pre-development phase to set up these incentives and credits but if you can, there’s an opportunity to deliver beyond-exceptional returns in these markets,” Kitchen said. “We’re building a 4-star asset for the price of a Courtyard (by Marriott).”

Where’s the money?
Of course, the key to any transaction or development project is the availability of money, which the panelists said they believe is readily available for the right projects, transactions and sponsors.

Angelo Stambules
Hunter Hotel Advisors
 

“We’re seeing regional banks getting more involved,” said Joel W. Hiser, principal and CEO of Horwath HTL. “We recently sold a property in Dallas and while the buyer was looking for a (Small Business Administration) loan in the Dallas area, he wound up with a deal from a bank in Atlanta. We’re starting to see the regional banks getting more aggressive again.”

Jason C. Rabidoux, director of real estate and business development for The Hotel Group, said in some cases regional and local banks are more competitive in placing loans than commercial mortgage-backed securities lenders. The firm recently sought CMBS funding on a property in a tertiary market, but the regional bank that had a current loan on the asset “saw an opportunity to step up its game and terms and offered a much more compelling story than the CMBS markets were able to do.”

As for transactions, private equity funds are getting more involved, said Angelo Stambules, senior VP of capital markets for Hunter Hotel Advisors.

“As the opportunities decline for these (funds) to buy bad debt or assets in distress, they’re beginning to look at putting money into new acquisitions from an equity perspective,” Stambules said. “They’re hoping for yields in the mid-to-upper teens and as high as 20%, but mid-teens is doable for some of these equity (firms.)”

No matter the financing vehicle employed, the basics of the lending relationship are still important, Sabroff said. All eight Concord properties under construction were financed by commercial or regional banks, but the key is “bringing it all together with the right brand, a strong sponsorship and a great location. If you have all that, you can get development financing to get a project done.”

*Correction, 17 April 2013: The original version of the story incorrectly stated the project will be an Iron Horse Hotel.

Copyright © 2004-2011 Smith Travel Research /DBA HotelNewsN


Uncategorized - 04_’13: Capital Markets Update

 

Capital Markets Updatecapmarkets

Angelo Stambules, Sr Vice President

Hunter Capital Markets

  

The momentum that began to build in 2012 continues with accelerated activity by Wall Street-related debt and equity. Improved perceptions regarding the domestic economy, coupled with continued volatility in Europe and rock bottom interest rates, are driving investors to U.S. real estate since it is perceived to be less risky than stocks and yet generates better than bond yield returns.

 

Increased investor appetite has crowded the major markets and forced players to broaden their scope to secondary and in some cases, tertiary markets. The scarcity of product and expectations for premium returns on hotels outside the major CBDs are driving investors to expand their geographic and product preferences.

 

CMBS lending is leading the hotel debt markets' recovery providing borrowers attractive terms, including historically low interest rates, higher LTVs, and lower debt yield requirements than exhibited just six months ago.

 

Wall Street originated approximately $48 billion of CMBS all of last year, and approximately $5 billion in the 1Q12. Initial estimates of approximately $60 billion for 2013 now appear low considering 1Q13 production is approximated at a whopping $20 billion or four times higher than last year's first quarter. Wall Street volatility, coupled with increasing expectations of the Fed's reversal of low interest rate policies, has investors reviewing their portfolios for maturities into 2014 and beyond.

 

Wall Street's return provides balance sheet lenders the psychological comfort that an exit strategy exists for their loans, and more directly, creates a fiercer competitive landscape in which they must contend to maintain share. As such, we see banks and other balance sheet lenders sharpening their pencils on in-place cash flow deals, as well as broadening their sights on transitional, renovation and construction loans.

 

Developers with good bank relationships are already accessing their local lenders for select-service construction loans. At our recent Hunter Conference, 52% of the owners responded yes to a survey question that asked if they were planning to develop a hotel this year. The renewed ability to source capital for development is a reflection of the debt markets' recovery now extending to the smaller thrifts and commercial banks, which were arguably the worst hit by the 2008/09 credit crisis.

 

Despite blue skies, clouds remain that threaten the financial markets recovery. Each week it seems a negative news release can spin the markets into apparent free-fall. First, the domestic economic recovery remains fragile with stubborn unemployment rates and insufficient job creation. Sequestration, ObamaCare, Dodd-Frank and other government programs continue to weigh on the minds of business leaders, especially small businesses and entrepreneurs. Political and economic uncertainty abroad, in Europe, Korea, Afghanistan and the Middle East, continually present potential threats to growth.

 

Finally, a tremendous amount of debt remains outstanding. ULI estimates $300 billion of debt over the next three years needs to be retired. This will stretch current lending sources. 

 

Given these competing pressures, we are actively assisting our clients in their review of their capital needs over the next three years. Those that address their situations proactively are ensured of benefiting from today's improved conditions.

   



Uncategorized - 04_’13: Industry Outlook

 

Industry OutlookIndustryOutlook

Teague Hunter, President, Hunter Hotel Advisors

 

Optimism took the stage at our 25th annual Hunter Hotel Investment Conference this year, and at Hunter, we have learned through our pre-conference surveys that the hotel industry is backing this rising confidence with action. In our survey results, 52% of the Hunter respondents plan to initiate new developments in 2013. Since the beginning of the economic downturn, development was either non-existent or approached with great trepidation. That statistic speaks volumes to the shift from conservative to true optimism in our industry right now.

 

The four CEO's who took stage at our President's Panel also felt optimistic about the increase in the investment sales of hotels. Mark Laport, president and CEO of Concord Hospitality in Raleigh, N.C., forecasts a "robust selling season this year with significant equity coming into the market." STR's research supports his bullish view, suggesting that roughly $17.5 billion worth of hotels will trade in 2013, compared to approximately $12.5 billion trading in 2012 – a projected increase of 40%.

 

The Presidents Panel also assured attendees that supply and demand are clearly in check from a RevPAR-growth standpoint, which also reinforces our Hunter survey results. 22% of attendees said that their hotels had rebounded to 2007 rates and another 42% are expected to reach 2007 rates in 2013 or 2014. 51% of respondents felt that the hotel industry will rebound to 2007 occupancy and rate levels by the end of 2013 or 2014.

 

While there is some uncertainty about the impact of the sequester and ObamaCare on the industry, the biggest black swan looming is the potential of rising interest rates and a lack of supply in the hotel market (likely due to owners holding out for the peak of the next uptick).

 

As we walk away from this year's conference, Hunter was particularly encouraged that there is substantial liquidity in the market for hotel investments, and with our increased performance findings, hotels are a solid investment for the foreseeable future.

 

Read Angelo Stambules article to get additional insight on the industry and Capital Markets.



Articles - 04_’13: Property staff can encourage direct bookings

01 April 2013
By John Buchanan
HotelNewsNow.com contributor


Story Highlights
  • Direct bookings help build customer relationships.
  • Front-desk personnel are a key to success when it comes to direct bookings.
  • Hotels can offer formal recognition, such as Employee of the Month status, in return for being the most successful at generating direct bookings.
Photo illustration.

GLOBAL REPORT—As hoteliers increase their sales focus on direct bookings, many are relying on rank-and-file employees, such as front-desk staff and reservations agents, to accomplish that goal.

"We have always encouraged our employees, and especially front-desk people, to motivate customers to book directly with us," said Joseph Smith, executive VP of Greenbelt, Maryland-based Chesapeake Hospitality, which manages 21 U.S. properties.

One key reason: Direct bookings help build genuine customer relationships as opposed to simply logging a booking. A consequence of the Internet age, Smith said, is that traditional hospitality relationships have been reduced to mere transactions.

The simplest, most effective way to engage and educate guests who initially booked via an online-travel agency is to inform them that, contrary to a widespread myth, the lowest rate available will be offered direct. That's because typical rate-parity agreements specify that, while they can offer the same rate, no third-party seller can offer a rate lower than the supplier.

"And 99% of that kind of education happens at the front desk," Smith said. "It's a customer-by-customer process."

Chesapeake Hospitality includes such educational tactics in its basic training of front-desk employees and offers no formal rewards for future performance. "We consider it part of their normal job of servicing the best interests of the guest," Smith said." And part of that is letting them know how to best book future stays to get the best value."

Providing incentives
Wendy Norris, corporate director of revenue and ecommerce at San Antonio, Texas-based Valencia Group, which owns two independent hotels and manages three, agreed that front-desk personnel are key to success when it comes to direct bookings.

However, she said, Valencia Group offers incentives in addition to training.

"If a guest arrives from an OTA or even via our global distribution system, we incent staff to gather email addresses and talk about our repeat guest program and things like our best rate guarantee card," Norris said.

Incentives include cash rewards to front-desk employees who gather the most email addresses or enroll the most members in the company's repeat guest program.

"And we don't just do that with people on the front desk," Norris said. "We also do it with people who work on our dedicated reservations team. We also train them to gather email addresses and sign people up for the repeat guest program."

The results of the company's efforts over the last decade have been dramatic. Today, of Valencia's Web-based business, including OTAs, about 70% comes from direct bookings.

After deducting the incentive rewards paid out, Norris said, the company enjoys a significant net revenue gain based on commissions it does not have to pay.


Brand management
At the 556-room InterContinental O'Hare in Chicago, management also trains and motivates front-desk and reservations personnel to exploit every possible opportunity to convert an OTA customer to a direct booking customer for future visits, Leslie Vosburgh, business travel sales manager, said.

"We involve our front-desk employees in really getting to know guests so we know what they want the next time they come in and we can greet them by name and welcome them back," she said. "And those are levels of service that you don't necessarily get if you book through an OTA. So we train our people to make that kind of distinction in terms of customer service."

They also train staff members to promote IHG's rewards program, which Vosburgh said is one of the best in the industry. "We educate people so they understand that if they book directly with us, they get Priority Club points for every dollar they spend, whereas with a third-party OTA, they get no points," she said.

To motivate employees, the hotel offers formal recognition, such as Employee of the Month status that might include preferential parking or some other perk in return for being the most successful at generating direct bookings.

And like Valencia Group, InterContinental Chicago O'Hare has enjoyed excellent bottom-line results. Only about 10% to 15% of its business now originates with OTAs, while 70% to 75% comes from direct bookings.

Small property, big success
Another example is 23-unit Lodge at Chaa Creek in Belize, opened in 1981 as the country's first jungle resort and now recognized as an early pioneer in adventure travel.

Over the past few years, the team at the Lodge at Chaa Creek in Belize have increased direct bookings from 70% to 80% of the property's total business.

Marketing representative Larry Waight said staff dedicates a lot of time and resources to the generation of direct bookings.

"We invest a lot of time and effort to Internet marketing aimed at increasing direct bookings," he said. "For example, we use aggressive (search engine optimization) and blogging strategies to accomplish that by maximizing our rankings in search engines such as Google, Yahoo and Bing."

A team of five employees that includes Waight writes and posts compelling original content every day. "And we optimize for key search terms such as 'honeymoons in Belize' or 'adventure travel to Belize,'" he said, noting that the property often wins the No. 1 search engine spot for a given search term.

The resort also offers significant discounts for direct bookings, depending on the type of accommodation and time of year.

As a result, Lodge at Chaa Creek now has more than 10,000 subscribers to its blog. Over the past few years, Waight and his team have increased direct bookings from 70% to 80% of the property's total business.

"And that," he said, "has contributed significantly to our profitability, based on commissions not paid to OTAs, even after absorbing all of our costs, including dedicated staff."



Articles - 03_’13: Sequestration cuts could deal blow to hotels

12 March 2013 8:26 AM
By Shawn A. Turner
Finance Editor
Shawn@HotelNewsNow.com


Story Highlights
  • The NDTA suspended its annual forum in September because military travel has been curtailed.
  • “Travel could become the face of sequestration,” the U.S. Travel Association’s Erik Hansen said.
  • Government contractor business is also at risk for hotels.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—Hotels are facing the loss of one of their most lucrative business segments—government travel—as sequestration gets underway.

Automatic spending cuts in effect across all government agencies have included the slashing of all non-essential travel by federal employees. The order to halt travel already has hit the hotel industry.

Last week, it was announced that the 67th annual National Defense Transportation Association Forum & Expo, which was to be held this September in San Antonio, Texas, at the San Antonio Grand Hyatt, was suspended. In a letter to members, NDTA President Kenneth R. Wykle said the lack of funds for government/military travel necessitated the suspension of the event.

“If the military is unable to participate, the Forum’s value is minimal,” he wrote. “Opportunities for training, knowledge sharing and information exchange are essential for our success. Sequestration removes these opportunities and makes it impossible for NDTA to continue our Forum.” Officials at the Grand Hyatt did not return a telephone message for comment by deadline.

It’s unclear precisely how big a slice of business the federal government is for hotels, though sources agreed it makes up a substantial piece of the pie. In 2011, the most recent data available, federal, state and local governments spent $30.3 billion on travel, said Erik Hansen, director of domestic policy with the U.S. Travel Association.

The travel sector could become one of the most impacted by sequestration because “almost every (federal) department travels,” Hansen said.

“Travel could become the face of sequestration,” he said.

Hoteliers react
B.F. Saul Company Hospitality Group counts 16 properties in its 20-hotel portfolio in the Washington, D.C./Northern Virginia market. President Mark Carrier said the government sector represents 30% to 40% of the total business at the hotels.

It’s not just the loss of rooms bought by federal employees that hurts, he said, it’s also the prospect of losing government contractors, such as Northrop Grumman Corporation.

“We do a lot of business with the federal government, and what we’re hearing and feeling is there is in most federal agencies a definite (order) to cut back on travel,” he said.

Mark Carrier
B.F. Saul Company Hospitality Group

 

B.F. Saul has had some cancellations related to government travel, Carrier said. “You feel it through a decline in transient pick up,” he said. “It’s definitely affecting business demand. There’s no question about it.”


Michael Allen, COO of Beck Company Hotels, said the company also has noted some drop off in business. Beck Company has 10 properties in Virginia, including four in Newport News, home to the military’s Fort Eustis.

Approximately 60% to 70% of the company’s business in the region is government, much of it training related, Allen said. “It’s important to our hotels,” he said. “People are nervous in town.”

He added: “It could have a dramatic impact on top-line revenue.”

So far, Beck Company has not seen cancellations on reservations that have been booked far in advance, he said.

“People are delaying their decisions,” Allen said. “They are apprehensive about the extent of sequestration.”

Government travel outlook
Hansen doesn’t know just how much more fat the government will be able to trim from its travel budget.

“Federal conferences and travel have already been ratcheted back so far,” he said. “If they make any more cuts, they’re really cutting into the bone.”

Carrier said he is unsure how long sequestration might be a factor for hotels. “Is it long term? Let’s hope not,” he said.

Carrier likened the cutback in government travel to the decline in corporate travel that occurred between 2007 and 2009. Hansen added that hotels have shown in the past an ability to weather such storms.

“The hotel industry has always been resilient,” he said.



Articles - 03_’13: Affordable Care Act: FAQ on Measurement and Stability Periods under the ACA

To help its members comply with health care coverage requirements under the Federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), Washington Lodging Association hosted a series of conference calls with health care policy expert Donna Steward. She discussed measurement periods and rules for employees hired or rehired after January 2013 on March 22, 2013.  Listen to a podcast of the call  here. 

(March 22, 2013)  Employers subject to the employer responsibility requirements of the federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act are required to establish measurement and stability periods to determine whether variable hour employees must be offered health care coverage.   In instances where employers hire new variable hour employees or rehire former employees that will work variable schedules at a time that does not coincide with the employer’s measurement period for current employees, separate measurement and stability periods must be established for the new hires.   If a new variable hour employee is found eligible for coverage after the measurement period, the employer has 90 days to enroll the employee in coverage.

The following are frequently asked questions regarding this issue:

At what point do I start measuring the hours of new variable hour employees to determine whether they are eligible for health care coverage? 
In most situations you will begin tracking the hours of new variable hour employees in the month they are hired.  If you hire a new variable hour employee after the measurement period for your existing employees has already begun, you will need to establish a separate measurement and stability period for the new employee.  The measurement period must be equal in duration to that of existing employees – if you have a six-month measurement period for existing employees, then new employees must have a six-month measurement period, etc.
 

However, if the measurement period for your existing employees has not yet started for the year (ie, you are using a 6- or 9-month measurement period instead of a 12-month period), you may include the employee in the upcoming measurement period with all other employees.    

The measurement period for my current employees runs January – September, but my primary hiring season is in May.  Do I just incorporate the new hires for the remainder of the measurement period, June – September?
No.  The measurement period for new variable hour employees must be the same duration as existing employees. In this situation, a nine-month measurement period is used for existing employees and therefore must be used for new variable hour employees as well.  In this situation, a separate measurement period must be established for the new employees and would run May-January. 
 
What if a new variable hour employee is found eligible for health care coverage after my plan’s open enrollment period has ended? 
The employee is treated as a new employee and is allowed to enroll in the plan once they are eligible.  The employee must be offered an open enrollment or administrative period to consider their options and determine their ability to contribute to the plan but must be offered coverage and the opportunity to enroll within 90 days of the end of the measurement period.
 
If new variable hour employees are on a different measurement period, are they on a different stability period as well?
Potentially.  The stability period must be the same duration for new variable hour employees as it is for existing employees.  However, depending on when they were hired and when the new hires measurement period ended, the specific months of coverage may be different during the first year of coverage.
 
Are new variable hour employees kept on these separate measurement and stability periods throughout their employment?  
No.  If after the end of the initial measurement period, the new employee is not eligible for coverage, the employee transitions to the measurement period for existing employees.  If the new variable hour employee is eligible for coverage, they must be offered the opportunity to enroll, and once their stability period begins, they can be transitioned into the measurement and stability periods of existing employees.
 
What if I hire a new variable hour employee and recognize quickly that the number of hours they are working will qualify them for coverage.  Must they complete the established measurement period or can I just offer them coverage during the upcoming open enrollment period?
You may always offer a new variable hour employee the opportunity to enroll in coverage prior to the end of the established measurement period.  This may be a prudent way to avoid establishing multiple measurement and stability periods.  However, if you end-up offering a new variable hour employee coverage too early, you may ultimately pay more in premium contributions than may have been necessary.   
 
When must rehires be offered coverage?
If you rehire a former full-time employee to work full-time, they must be offered coverage within 90 days of hire.  However, if you rehire a former full-time employee to work variable hours, the situation becomes a bit more complicated.  If the rehire occurs within 26 weeks of the separation date, you must offer this employee the opportunity to enroll in coverage within 90 days of hire.  But since this employee is now working a variable hour shift instead of full-time, you will also start them on a new employee measurement period that will start the month they are rehired.   They must be offered coverage for the remainder of your standard plan year, but if the measurement period has not been satisfied by the time open enrollment ends for the upcoming plan year, you are not required to extend their coverage at the beginning of the new plan year.  You may continue to monitor their hours under the new employee measurement period and at that point if they are found eligible, then they must be offered an opportunity to reenroll.  This employee will then cycle onto the measurement and stability periods of existing employees for the remainder of their employment.

 

Prepared by Donna Steward, President, Kiawe Public Affairs, for Washington Lodging Association

This publication is intended to inform employers about provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and how those provisions may affect them.  This information should not be construed as legal advice, and readers should not act upon the information contained therein without professional counsel.



Industry News - 03_’13: Affordable Care Act: FAQ on Small Employer Tax Credit

To help its members comply with health care coverage requirements under the Federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), Washington Lodging Association hosted a series of conference calls with health care policy expert Donna Steward. She spoke on small employer requirements and tax credits on January 25, 2013.  Listen to a podcast of the call here. If you have trouble accessing the podcast, please cut and paste the following into your browser: http://healthcarewire.org/2013-01-25healthcare.mp3.

 

Small Employer Tax Credit Available Under the Federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

(January 25, 2013) The federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provides tax credits to qualifying small employers that choose to provide health care coverage to their employees.  While the federal law does not require employers with 50 or fewer full-time equivalent employees to provide coverage, they have established this tax credit as an incentive for qualified small employers interested in doing so.  The credit is available to small employers with fewer than 25 full-time equivalents that pay less than $50,000 in average annual wages, and is available from 2010 through 2016.  Those accessing the credit prior to 2014, are allowed a credit of up to 35% of the cost of the coverage the employer provided.  After 2014, small employers choosing coverage in a state-based health exchange, are eligible for a tax credit of up to 50% of the cost of coverage, while those that continue with coverage in the private market will be able to continue accessing the up to 35% tax credit.

 

Which small employers are eligible for the tax credit?

To qualify for the tax credit, the employer must employ 25 or fewer full-time equivalent employees and pay less than $50,000 per year in average annual wages. 

Am I guaranteed a credit of 35% of the cost of the coverage I provide?

No.  The value of the credit is determined on a sliding scale.  The more FTEs you have and/or the higher your annual wages are, the lower the credit you will receive.  The credit is completely phased out for those that have 25 FTEs no matter what they pay in annual wages, and also for those that pay $50,000 or more in annual wages, no matter how many employees they have.

Is the credit based on the total cost of the premium or just the amount I as the employer pay toward the premium?

The value is based on the amount you as the employer contribute to the cost of employee only coverage and requires that the employer must pay at least 50% of the cost of the coverage.

Do I use the same method of determining FTEs as that used to determine my employer size for the employer responsibility provisions?

Unfortunately, no.  The IRS wants employers to use the following process to determine their employer size for this tax credit:

  • Add up the total hours of service for which you paid wages to employees during the year (but not more than 2,080 for any one employee).  Divide the total hours by 2,080.  If the result is not a whole number, round down to the next lowest whole number.
    • Note that total hours of service include each hour for which an employee is either paid or entitled to be paid (ie, vacation, paid holidays, etc), during the employer’s tax year.   Be sure to include all hours of paid leave in the calculation above (but not more than 160 hours of entitled to be paid/leave hours per employee).
  • Employers are allowed to exclude hours paid to:  a partner in a partnership; a shareholder owning more than 2 percent of an S corporation; owners owning more than 5 percent of the business; and family members of the owner, qualifying partner or qualifying shareholder, from the calculation above.
  • After the calculation, employers with more than 25 FTEs will be ineligible for the tax credit

How do I determine average annual wages?

The IRS recommends that you use the following to determine average annual wages: 

  • Add up the total wages paid by the employer to qualifying employees during the tax year.  Divide by the number of FTEs for the year.  Round down to the nearest $1,000 (if not a multiple of $1,000).  Include only wages paid for hours of service, using the definition of wages provided by the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) (without regard for the wage base limitation).
    • Exclude wages paid to:  a partner in a partnership; a shareholder owning more than 2 percent of an S corporation; owners owning more than 5 percent of the business; and family members of an owner, qualifying partner or qualifying shareholder.

I have 22 FTEs but only 6 of them are enrolled in the health plan I offer.  Do I calculate the hours worked and annual wages of just these six employees to determine my eligibility for the credit?

No, you must calculate the hours worked and annual wages of all employees to determine eligibility, not just those of employees enrolled in your health plan.

What if I pay different premium amounts for employee and employee plus dependent coverage – do I aggregate the costs of both to determine total premiums paid?

It depends.  You may only count costs attributed to employee only coverage.  However, if you as the employer contribute a higher amount to employee plus dependent coverage than you do to employee only coverage , you may attribute an employee only cost for those employee’s accessing employee plus dependent coverage.  If you contribute less but are still paying at least 50% of the premiums for the employee plus dependent coverage, you may count the exact amount contributed.  However, if you pay less than 50% of the employee plus dependent coverage, you may not count any of the premium amount you contributed to the cost of their coverage.

Can I include amounts contributed to an HRA in the overall cost of premiums?

No.  Employers may not include employer contributions to health reimbursement arrangements (HRAs), health flexible spending arrangements (FSAs), or health savings accounts (HSAs) in the calculation of premiums paid. 

I also provide dental coverage.  Should I include the cost of this coverage in the calculation of premiums paid?

Yes, costs of standalone dental and vision health plans may be included in the calculation of premiums paid.

I provide a very rich benefit package to my employees.  Will my generosity exclude my ability to access a premium credit?

No, it will not preclude your eligibility but the law caps the amount an employer can claim for premiums paid by establishing an average premium allowance in each state.  All amounts paid beyond the cap will be disregarded by the system as the credit is calculated.  While you will still be eligible for the credit, the credit may not be as high as you initially calculate once the premium cap is taken into consideration.

Are there any downsides to accessing this credit?

Potentially.  The amount of the tax credit must be subtracted from the existing deduction employers already receive for providing health care coverage (employers are allowed to deduct the value of health care coverage provided to their employees).  If an employer is in a situation where the amount of the deduction is what determines whether the employer will pay additional federal taxes of not, subtracting the amount of the tax credit from the deduction amount could force that employer to pay more in federal taxes than they would pay had they not applied for the credit.

If I access the up to 35% tax credit this year, am I eligible for the up to 50% tax credit next year?

Potentially.  The up to 50% tax credit is available for those employers that purchase health care coverage in the state-based exchange.  If you are currently providing health care coverage, you are purchasing that coverage from the private health insurance market, not the new government program.  In order to access the higher tax credit amount, you will need to drop the private market coverage you have now, and purchase coverage from the new state exchange in 2014.

If I choose to keep my private market health care coverage, will I still be eligible for a tax credit in 2014? 

Yes, employers that choose private market health care coverage are eligible for the tax credit of up to 35% of premium costs through 2016.

I am just learning about this tax credit and have provided health care coverage for years.  Is there any way I can apply for the credit on past returns?

Potentially.  The law does allow you to submit amended tax returns to take advantage of the credit.  You should consult with your accountant or tax adviser to see whether you would benefit from accessing the credit on past returns.

 

Prepared by Donna Steward, President, Kiawe Public Affairs, for Washington Lodging Association

This publication is intended to inform employers about provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and how those provisions may affect them.  This information should not be construed as legal advice, and readers should not act upon the information contained therein without professional counsel.



Articles - 03_’13: US hotel closure analysis

20 March 2013 7:47 AM
By Carter Wilson
Director, STR Analytics
cwilson@STRanalytics.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Most closures represented independents, with economy properties a distant second.
  • Nearly 13% of all the closures were for properties 10 years old or younger.
  • The plurality of closed hotels only ever had one brand name (or remained independent) during their lifecycles.

BOULDER, Colorado—A few years ago STR Analytics did an analysis of U.S. hotel closures and the demographics that encapsulate this group of properties. Since then, the STR census database recorded an additional 1,400 hotel closures, a significant enough number to warrant updating the analysis.

In this current analysis, we were able to compile data on more than 7,900 closed properties. The basic stats include:

  • 7,919 hotels from all 50 states;
  • 632,384 rooms;
  • average room count: 80;
  • more than 45 brands represented as of the date of closing; and
  • average life span: 34 years.

It should be noted that complete census information was not available for every property, so the following charts reflect the results only from properties containing that particular data field.

Digging into the numbers reveals some interesting highlights:

(Note, the pre-2011 chain scale classifications were used, since most hotels closed prior to this point and thus were never classified under the new scale system).

As one might expect, most of the closures represented independents, with economy properties a distant second. Very few closures came at the high end of the spectrum.

This one is a bit surprising. Nearly 13% of all the closures were for properties 10 years old or younger. Clearly some properties were victims of natural disasters (Hurricane Katrina, Superstorm Sandy, etc.), but that's still a pretty big number. For the properties that closed when they were 10 years old or younger, most of the closures occurred during 2004 and 2005.

Geographically speaking, the largest amount of closures occurred in the Southeast (speaking of Katrina and hurricanes…). The often-humid climate in that area also lends itself to mold, which could be the culprit for some of the properties that closed.

Most closures happened in suburban or small metro locations. In terms of property size and price tier, most of the closures represented small (20- to-50-room) budget properties, most of which were independents (aka “mom and pop”-type establishments).

One could surmise a lot of these were single-ownership family ventures, where perhaps the owners decided to sell (or were foreclosed upon) and the property was worth more as an adaptive reuse rather than as a going concern.

Here's another surprising one:

The plurality of closed hotels only ever had one brand name (or remained independent) during their lifecycles. Several had two, but beyond that the numbers dwindle. (It would be interesting to know the stories behind the handful of hotels that went through seven names).

We would have guessed that two names would have been the majority of the cases, thinking that if one brand wasn't working, a property owner would have tried another brand or switched to independent. But that assumption is predicated on a second assumption that a closed property means it failed, which certainly doesn't have to be the case. Many properties that close still make debt services, but if the land is worth more with another use on it, market forces will push for an adaptive reuse. Ninety-four percent of the properties that had only one affiliation and then closed were independent hotels.

Finally, we looked at when these properties closed. We focused on the period from 1985 to the present, as this represents more than 90% of the closures.


Click chart to enlarge.

There was a big spike in 2005. Again, it's easy to blame Hurricane Katrina here, but only a quarter of the properties that closed that year were located in the South Atlantic region. And the number of closures had been steadily creeping up before that point, anyway. If you take a look at (seasonally-adjusted) revenue per available room from 2000 to 2005, it was almost unchanged. Yet owners who financed their properties in 2000 were paying a relatively steep interest rate. With cheaper money available in 2005, a mom-and-pop hotel owner was just as likely to sell a struggling property to a speculator rather than refinance and pray for the best.

The trend of closures here follows roughly the same pattern of hotel sales in general, with the peak also occurring in 2005 and then declining sharply after 2007. So, assuming that a portion of all hotel sales end up as adaptive reuse projects, the trend line above can be explained as a simple correlation.



Articles - 03_’13: Taming the Wild West of mobile optimization

19 March 2013 9:53 AM
By Susan Spencer
HotelNewsNow.com contributor

 


Story Highlights
  • The standard consumer buying cycle still applies in the mobile arena.
  • Tablets are uniquely positioned to aid in the dreaming or desire to be inspired phase.
  • Developing a strong mobile presence does not necessarily mean developing entirely new websites and apps.

Revenue managers often feel like pioneers in the Wild West when attempting to tame and optimize mobile. How do you sell and manage revenue via this medium? What should you be thinking about as you create your own mobile strategy? Don’t go wild yourself, and don’t overthink it, but do have a strategy.

Susan Spencer

Remember the standard consumer buying behavior pattern:

  1. Consumer identifies the need to look for a product, such as a hotel stay.
  2. Consumer identifies the range of suppliers (hotels) through research and comparison.
  3. Consumer selects a supplier (hotel).
  4. Consumer attempts to purchase (book) the product (hotel).

If the consumer selects your product and it is difficult to purchase (because of poor visibility, too many steps to final purchase, poor photos, slow booking engine, etc.), then guess what? Back to Step 1 they go. And the selection process begins all over again with your hotel losing the booking to a competitor.

Whether for desktop, tablet or mobile devices, your presence must be sharp, clear and easy to navigate with a fast booking engine requiring as few clicks as possible.

According to HSMAI’s Digital Marketing Council, “With the increase of tablet ownership and usage, mobile is moving beyond the original scope of mobile phones into broader territory. For hoteliers, mobile for tablets presents a different opportunity than mobile for smartphones.”

The council recommends that “while mobile phones are particularly relevant in the shop, book and experience phases, tablets are uniquely positioned to aid in the dreaming or desire to be inspired phase, as well as the learning phase. What this means is that a tablet-specific website should be considered because the consumer behavior varies so dramatically between the two mobile devices. Speed and ease of use are critical for the smartphone, but vivid photos are more essential for the mobile tablet.”

Does this mean that you have to go out and spend often scarce marketing dollars to develop an expensive mobile app? Not initially for sure, and possibly not at all. From the technology side, all you have to do is optimize your existing website so that your mobile and tablet customers will see your hotel in the best light. That’s it.

I recently spoke with a software developer who gave the following tips to do just that:

  1. Make sure your website loads efficiently (fast, responsive, correctly in multiple browsers).
  2. Modify your existing website for mobile so it will readjust to the size of mobile and tablet automatically.
  3. Make sure your “call to action” buttons (location, search availability, book now) are large enough so that they can be utilized via touch screen as opposed to relying on mouse functionality.
  4. Make sure the booking engine works well on mobile devices.
  5. Compare and contrast your website on a desktop to your site on a mobile device.

From the hotelier perspective, I turned to Calvin Anderson, corporate director of revenue strategy for Alliance Hospitality Management, and a fellow HSMAI Revenue Management Advisory Board member. When asked if mobile is really a distribution channel or just a mode of technology that the consumer chooses to shop and book travel on, Calvin’s experience is in alignment with the earlier suggestion to optimize your own site without giving in to the “app bubble.”

He explained: “Mobile has been mis-coined in the hotel industry, and our use of the term has led many to believe that anything booked from a cellular device is exclusive. Apps are actually the only thing that cannot be gotten on a desktop, and even many of those are just a reformatted version of the original website.”

The trend to discount mobile to third-party mobile platforms just because they have been labeled “last minute” might not always be the right strategy. This risks the hotel’s price integrity as well as that of other distribution channels. If the booking window is day of arrival, heavy discounting on mobile is the same thing as offering a walk-in guest the same discount (I’ve seen 30% off or more).

Price rooms strategically to encourage advance bookings. Offer incentives or a competitive rate for a seven- to 14-day advance booking that is non-refundable to the guest. Try to track and learn about your mobile customers. What is their booking lead time, length of stay, average spend on property, cancellation and no show history? Tracking this type of information will assist you in forecasting and marketing to that mobile consumer.

Mobile booking patterns
At HSMAI’s recent Digital Marketing Strategy Conference, Mike Corak, executive VP of strategy for Ethology, shared information on mobile travel bookers and strategies to attract them. In a nutshell, smartphone travel booking is expected to grow significantly; nearly twice as many consumers will use smartphones to research versus book.

According to eMarketer’s study of those who have booked travel via mobile Internet or app services at least once in the past 12 months, the number of mobile travel bookers in the U.S. will grow to 20.2 million by the end of 2013. That number is projected to almost double by 2016.

Mobile researchers who “researched travel information prior to a trip via mobile Internet or app services at least once in the past year but did not necessarily book” amounted to 29.7 million in the U.S. in 2012. Mobile bookers “who booked travel via mobile internet or app service at least once in the past year” stood at 15.1 million.

Both Mike and Calvin will join me for an HSMAI webinar on 26 March to delve deeper and highlight additional strategies for taming this new frontier of mobile for hotels.

According to Bookassist CEO Des O'Mahony, “Mobile is a very real opportunity. Volume is growing; conversion can often be higher than regular web access and is definitely higher when optimized mobile solutions are deployed. IPad stands out as a clear opportunity and, with the rate of sales of iPads and their dominance among travelers, it is clearly a target platform above all others. Short term booking is dominating and last minute availability on mobile is critical for successful conversion.”

How is your hotel taking advantage of this opportunity?

About the author
As Market Director – North America for ChannelRUSH, Susan is responsible for spearheading growth and brand awareness for the technology distribution software company. She has over 20 years of hospitality industry sales and marketing experience in hotels, OTAs, car rental, and CVB’s. Prior to ChannelRUSH, Susan was Director of Product Development for OneTravel.com and was responsible for increasing hotel net rate agreements in key markets for the company. She also worked for the Orlando Convention and Visitor’s Bureau as Sales Development Manager, uncovering new convention business for Orlando. During her tenure with the Hertz Corporation she introduced and implemented the convention meetings and contracting for Hertz’ meetings program nationwide. She also spent time in group sales for Marriott, Hilton, Sheraton, and Intercontinental in Florida, Michigan, and Virginia. Susan is a graduate of Radford University where she earned a B.S. in Marketing. She is a member of HSMAI’s Revenue Management Advisory Board.



Articles - 03_13: Obamacare driving tough choices for hoteliers

14 March 2013 8:52 AM
By John Buchanan
HotelNewsNow.com contributor

 


Story Highlights
  • As the deadline for implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act approaches, complicated questions go unanswered.
  • Many hoteliers realize they must make a difficult choice between the best interests of their employees and their bottom lines.
  • Ultimately, the new law could have the opposite impact of its intended purpose by stripping workers of coverage and reducing them to part-time status.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—With the 1 January 2014 implementation deadline for the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act—better known as Obamacare—looming ever closer, the overarching issues continue to be ongoing confusion and uncertainty.

"No business owner likes uncertainty," said Kevin Maher, senior VP for governmental affairs at the American Hotel & Lodging Association. "They want to know what the law requires and what they need to do. And with this law, you can't really tell them that at this point."

The law requires companies with 50 or more full-time employees to pay at least 60% of the cost of a health insurance plan that is both "adequate" and "affordable," or pay penalties of up to $2,000 per worker. The employee's cost cannot exceed 9.5% of household income.

In January, the IRS released proposed regulations known as "pay or play" guidelines intended to clarify requirements and penalties. "That was the information everyone was waiting on," said Sheldon Blumling, a veteran labor law attorney at the national firm Fisher & Phillips.

However, the guidelines, scheduled to be formally adopted after public hearings in April, are 180 pages long and enormously complex, sources said.

Meanwhile, Blumling said, "I'm sick and tired of standing in a room full of people and telling them, 'We still don't know this and we still don't know that.'"

Weighing complicated options
Robert Habeeb, president and COO of Chicago-based First Hospitality Group, which operates 52 U.S. hotels and has a total of about 3,900 employees, agreed that uncertainty is the enduring issue of the moment.

Robert Habeeb
First Hospitality Group

"And a big part of the uncertainty is the requirement for state-by-state exchanges, which might turn out to be the best option for hoteliers," he said. "Many states have done a really poor job of dealing with that issue. So no one really knows yet what the cost model is going to look like or how widespread participation in these exchanges is going to be. We are 10 months from full implementation of the law, but one of the most basic plan components has not yet been fully identified."

Last summer, an Obamacare consultant advised First Hospitality Group to cut its full-time work force in half, double its number of part-time employees, abolish its current health insurance plan and absorb up to $6 million in penalties.

"I got a lot of criticism for speaking publicly about that, because many people felt those numbers were pessimistic and premature," Habeeb said. "But they have held up."

In fact, Blumling said, what was once considered a drastic choice is now being widely considered. "I think every employer in the hotel industry and any other industry with a low-wage work force that has historically not been provided employer-paid insurance is looking at that as a strategy," he said. "It's just a matter of the relative costs of the different options."

However, Maher said, "The appearance of doing that as a way of getting around the (impact of) the law can be a bit of a public relations issue, so many hoteliers are cautious. There are also some protections for employees under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. You can't necessarily just cut their hours."


Workforce management
Even if legal pitfalls can be avoided, widely reducing hours likely would have a negative impact on workforce morale and cause increased turnover, Habeeb said. "And it would also increase administrative costs because of increased time for hiring and training, scheduling and record-keeping. You will have to constantly monitor people's hours, because once they hit 30 hours a week regularly, they become qualified for insurance. So there is going to be a ton of reporting required. And that is expensive."

Habeeb and his management team have not made a final decision yet. But at the moment, he said, they are leaning toward leaving their current insurance plan in effect and significantly reducing the number of full-time employees.

Robert A. Rauch, president of San Diego-based R.A. Rauch & Associates, which owns three hotels, manages four and provides consulting services to another 12, estimates that by canceling his company's insurance plan and absorbing the penalties, he can reduce costs from $250,000 a year to about $100,000. The company pays 75% of the monthly premiums for about 57% of the 100 people it employs full-time at the three hotels it owns.

Robert A. Rauch
R.A. Rauch & Associates

Despite the fact it averages only about 33 workers per property—short of the minimum of 50-per-enterprise that typically requires insurance coverage—the company is liable because its entire payroll functions on a single federal employer identification number. That means that
under the law, it is a single work force and not three.

The irony, under the law of unintended consequences, Rauch said, is that Obamacare could have the opposite of its intended effect at his hotels by causing some employees to lose their current coverage and see their hours reduced.

Like First Hospitality Group, Rauch is now looking at steering employees into an insurance exchange, which could help to reduce his costs while still offering insurance to all full-time employees. "And our thinking right now is that if we can put our employees into the exchanges," he said, "we will also raise their salaries to help them pay their premiums."

He agreed with Habeeb that ideally, he will be able to make a decision that is in the best interests of his employees, while honoring his fiduciary responsibilities to his partners.
That is a delicate balance that many hoteliers are struggling with.

But another, Maher said, is just as daunting.

“Nobody wants to be the first to drop insurance coverage for their employees,” he said. “But nobody wants to be the last one still paying for it either."



Articles - 02_’13: So You Think You Want to Buy a Hotel? Well, NOW is Probably the Time to Do It! – By Jim Butler, Author of Www.HotelLawBlog.com

Date: 2013-02-19

Hotel Lawyer on buying hotels
Our hotel lawyers spend a big part of their time helping clients identify and vet attractive hotel acquisition targets, and then get them under contract, run a thorough (but fast) due diligence, arrange financing and execute on the purchase. Often there is a lot of follow up work in repositioning the property or cleaning up some old problems.

But one of the perennial questions we hear from people is, "Is this a good time to buy a hotel?"

A little more than 2 years ago, my partner Guy Maisnik wrote an article on this very subject. It was called "So you think you want to buy a hotel?" That article has been one of our best-read pieces on Hotel Law Blog, and similar questions keep bouncing around. So we persuaded Guy to write an update, which continuing improvements in the hotel industry forced him to rename: "NOW is a great time to buy a hotel (and not a bad time to sell)".

NOW is a great time to buy a hotel (and not a bad time to sell) – For savvy investors, the time could be right
– By Guy Maisnik | Hotel Lawyer & Vice-Chair Global Hospitality Group®

Investors, Take Note!

In January, 2011, I wrote an article titled, "So, you think you want to buy a hotel?" In it, I noted that hotel investors who delayed investment for another year or two in search of the holy grail of the bottom of the market or the "perfect" opportunity were going to be disappointed. I couldn't help but reference my Uncle Bernie who often laments about the deals he should have closed on but didn't. To his credit, Uncle Bernie closed plenty. But as he loves saying "the disappointments experienced on missed opportunities do not make my successes feel any better." So, let's recap some salient points from that article and see how they stand up today.

A parable of real estate investing tells us this: When prices are in a free fall, the average investor believes prices will keep falling. That same investor will believe prices will continue to rise when prices are rising. So in declining market transitions, the average investor will…do …nothing. Only in hindsight, will the average investor regret his or her indecision. Savvy investors — the 3% who know how to make money no matter which way the market is trending — know what the rest do not: smart investment decisions do not need to be made at the bottom or top of a market.

Savvy investors buy or sell when key market indicators tell them to do so. Moreover, savvy investors know that they cannot time the market. By waiting, they know they would miss a key opportunity, and then be left scrambling like the rest of the herd. Hotel investors who delay investment for another year or two waiting for the bottom of the market will surely kick themselves. I can hear uncle Bernie's gruff old world voice saying, "I could of had that hotel for a song compared to prices today."

Well into recovery now with 5 years of projected industry improvement

Barring unforeseen circumstances, most hotel industry experts now believe we are well past the bottom the hotel cycle and into the upward inflection. For the first time in many years, there seems to be a consensus that industry fundamentals are poised to continue their improvement, driving both profitability and values, for at least another 5 years!

Here are then-and-now perspectives from our last article on this subject:

  • In 2011, we said "Hotel values per room are back to where they were in 1996, without adjusting for inflation, and HVS believes that hotel values have already increased more than 10% nationwide for 2010." Values have continued to increase over the past two years.
  • Today, Smith Travel Research reports that RevPAR growth will continue to grow at nearly 6% per year through 2014.
  • In 2011, we said "Debt financing for existing hotels is improving significantly (enhancing liquidity and value), while development and construction financing for new hotels is virtually non-existent, restraining the influx of new supply and competition for existing hotels."
  • Today, debt financing is readily available for existing hotels with good cash flow in the top 25 markets, and 10-year, fixed rate debt costs about 4% or less for them.
  • In 2011, we said: "Hotel industry fundamentals are improving from the worst collapse since the Great Depression, and look to get much stronger in second half of 2011 and are poised for double digit growth for the next three or four years."
  • Today, although demand has rebounded robustly, rates were slower to rise, and the first years of the recovery were clearly led by the luxury and upscale segments of the market. All the experts worried that the industry would be hurt by the impact uncertainty and concerns over a succession of events — the election, fiscal cliff, frustratingly high unemployment rates, troubles in Europe, Hurricane Sandy, and slowdown in China and India. None of these negative factors seemed to affect increasing demand for hotel rooms, and hotel fundamentals are projected to continue at a strong rate through at least 2017.
  • In 2011 we talked about the significant drop in labor and materials costs since 2008, making new construction cost in certain areas feasible. According to the 2012 HVS JN+A Cost Estimating Guide, since 2009, across all markets, the cost of construction fell from 2009 to 2010.
  • Today: Since 2010 construction costs generally continue to escalate. According to the HVS Hotel Development Cost Survey, in 2011 and 2012, the price of gypsum, copper pipe, and plywood exceeded inflation. At the same time, the cost for some materials, particular lumber, remains low. No doubt those material costs will also soon increase as the housing market begins to warm.

Buy early in the hotel recovery cycle! Buy right.

It is a good time to buy a hotel almost anytime you can purchase a good hotel in a good market for less than replacement cost . . . and even more so if the hotel can service debt with its present cash flow. And with the expectation of continued improvement in industry fundamentals for 5 more years, there should be some great buys possible over the next two or three years with some interesting upside to your investment.

Buying after a long down-market cycle is always safer than jumping in at the top of the bubble after a long run up. This is the easy part. The difference for the savvy hotel investor is buying a good asset at a good time in the market cycle and doing enough due diligence. (See, Due diligence tips for your next hotel acquisition.)

Happy hunting. Don't forget to do your homework, use your checklists, and get good hotel consultants and hotel lawyers to help avoid unnecessary pitfalls.

This is Jim Butler, author of www.HotelLawBlog.com and hotel lawyer, signing off. We've done more than $60 billion of hotel transactions and have developed innovative solutions to unlock value from hotels. Who's your hotel lawyer?

 



Articles - 02_’13: Group segmentation data mirrors meeting trends

01 February 2013 3:42 PM
By Alex Smith
STR, HotelNewsNow.com columnist

 


Story Highlights
  • Group demand has not recovered at the pace of transient demand.
  • Group demand decreased 3.6% from January 2012 to the year’s end.
  • Group business has become less concentrated in the top 25 markets.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—The general sentiment around the convention and meetings industry lately has been one of contraction from lackluster bookings and shortened duration. But because the convention and meetings industry lacks a standardized method of benchmarking, it is difficult to draw conclusions about this space from data. However, one type of data collected by STR, parent company of HotelNewsNow.com, has a direct relationship with meetings booked: group segmentation data.

This analysis will merely look to see if the data supports the notion of meetings business being weak during the current economic recovery cycle. It is important to note that group segmentation analysis is not intended to make inferences about the meetings business.

Chart 1 illustrates seasonally adjusted levels of transient and group demand for United States upper-tier hotels over the past several years. From the growth rates given on the slides, it is easy to see that group demand has not recovered nearly at the pace of transient demand.

Looking a little closer, group and transient demand were on similar trajectories immediately after the total U.S. low point in March 2009. Then, in the last half of 2010, group demand hit a level that it has yet to surpass as it bounces around 8.5 million to 9 million roomnights sold per month on a seasonally adjusted basis. In fact, with the dip the numbers took in the last two months, group demand decreased 3.6% from January 2012 to the year’s end.

The degree to which the group numbers have been stagnant certainly suggests some weakness in the meetings and convention pace. The fairly significant recovery the overall hospitality industry has experienced cannot be seen in the group numbers. For upper-end properties, the strong data over the last two years has been almost completely the result of transient growth.

To take a slightly different approach to this issue, let’s examine how the top 25 U.S. markets have fared with respect to their group business against all other markets. Given how the top 25 markets have dominated the meetings space traditionally, the group performance in these markets could indicate a structural change in meetings if group business has become more or less concentrated in these top markets.

Chart 2 shows a 12-month rolling total of group demand for the top 25 markets grouped together and all other markets aggregated. It becomes immediately apparent that group business has become less concentrated in the top 25 markets. In October 2007, the top 25 markets exceeded all other markets combined by 6.7 million roomnights sold over the previous 12 months. Today, this gap has completely disappeared. Granted, there are many large-sized markets with convention centers not listed in STR’s top 25 markets, but this data could be interpreted as an indicator that coming out of the most recent downward cycle, meeting planners are shifting toward smaller size meetings if they are shifting toward smaller markets. This trend would make sense given the proliferation of efforts to reduce travel expenses today.

Again, none of this data can be used to conclusively infer weak or declining performance in the meetings sector, but given the direct correlation between this sector and group hotel business, this data suggests that the pace of meetings has been stagnant and that meeting planners are taking different approaches, such as smaller sizes and shorter duration.



Articles - 01_’13: Management executives chart challenging 2013

24 January 2013 9:56 AM
By Patrick Mayock
Editor in Chief
patrick@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • The biggest opportunity in 2013 is still rate improvement, executives said.
  • More activity in the transactions market means more opportunity for management companies.
  • Owners have become more sophisticated, which translates into more scrutiny placed on operators.
Kimpton’s Mike Depatie (right) said the boutique segment is still in the early stages of recovery while Interstate’s Jim Abrahamson looks on.

LOS ANGELES—Good, but not great.

That’s how executives from some of the world’s leading management companies discussed the future outlook for the hotel industry during a breakout session Wednesday afternoon at the Americas Lodging Investment Summit.

“The situation is improving. Does it improve as rapidly as we would like it to? No,” said Michael George, president and CEO of Crescent Hotels & Resorts, which operates 69 properties in the United States and Canada.

Rate remains the biggest area for improvement, the panelists agreed during a session titled “The view from the boardroom—a focus on management companies.”

“We’re hitting occupancy levels, and we have quite a ways to go in our belief on rate,” George said.

Interstate Hotels & Resorts, which saw a 7% increase in revenue per available room across its portfolio of nearly 70,000 rooms, will see that growth slowed but is still driven primarily by rate, CEO Jim Abrahamson said.

“The better year in 2013 should come not with this stout RevPAR growth but it will be largely (rate-driven),” he said.

“I think it’s going to be a good year but not a great year,” Abrahamson said, while pointing to the lingering threats from what he dubbed “known unknowns,” such as the impact of health-care reform implementation.

While the robust transient segment largely has shielded the U.S. hotel industry from several of those macro factors, the group segment has left something to be desired, said Steve Rudnitsky, president and CEO of Dolce Hotels and Resorts.

“Group has not come back to the level in North America that transient has either by occupancy or by rate. There’s still kind of a halo effect of bookings that occurred during the downturn that we’re still sort of cycling through that is depressing rate to some extent,” he said, adding that booking pace has been up double digits in the first quarter and approximately 5% for full-year 2013.

Dolce, which has more than 25 properties worldwide, is a business-oriented brand that specializes in training and corporate events, Rudnitsky explained.

The boutique segment is in the early stages of recovery, according to Mike Depatie, CEO of Kimpton Hotels & Restaurants, a boutique brand with more than 50 properties in the U.S.

While demand has returned to most markets, he pointed to an uptick in supply—fueled by the availability of more financing—which will make the competitive landscape that much more volatile and challenging.

Opportunistic expansion
But with challenges come opportunities, as each executive pointed to a more active transaction market as a key driver to their own portfolio expansions.

Dolce’s Steve Rudnitsky said the group segment still has a lot of room for growth.

“Our signings are in direct proportion to changes in ownership,” Abrahamson said.

Interstate plans to sign approximately 50 new management contracts each year, with additional expansion coming in the form of acquisition and consolidation, he added.

While growth opportunities exist in the states, Abrahamson said Europe will prove a “sizeable play” in 2013, 2014 and 2015.

The sessions’ other panelists were a bit more reserved in their growth projections. George, for example, stressed that Crescent’s growth is tied to the aspirations of their client base.

“Our growth is targeted solely to certain clients that you want to do business with,” he said. “ … We’ll add appropriately, but most important, we want to keep happy the clients that we have.”

Because Dolce is a brand unto itself, Rudnitsky said the company is restrained to only add assets that fit within those parameters.

“If you are truly your strategic platform of building a branded management company … then you stay true to it just that way and you don’t waver on the assets that you bring into the portfolio,” he said, adding Dolce is pursuing at least some growth through ground-up development.

Kimpton is taking a similar approach, Depatie said. The brand provides much more value to developers of new projects as opposed to taking over existing boutique assets where there is little value to be added, he said.

Sophistication and savvy
Management companies have done a much better job of driving flow through to the bottom line, the panelists said.

And at the same time, owners have displayed that savvy outlook when managing their managers.

“We are seeing much more active, very astute ownership today,” Abrahamson said.

The caliber of private equity and real estate investment trusts buying their way into the hotel sector are much more demanding when management companies exert a “laser focus” on the pro forma, he added.

“There’s just a lot more drilling into the substance of the operating company. If you’re good, you can answer it and you can give comfort,” George said.

REITs, for example, don’t just ask about how a management company will operate their asset. They now ask about their other investments, leverage, turnover ratio and more, he said.

That level of scrutiny is weeding out a lot of the less experienced operators, George said.

It’s also demonstrating the level of customization that is required to satisfy the needs of owners, Abrahamson added.

“The big thing they want today is flexibility because most of the owners are transactional,” he said.



Articles - 01_’13: Fiscal cliff averted, but hotel industry still cautious

 

 Fiscal cliff averted, but hotel industry still cautious  
By David Eisen



 

Most U.S. taxpayers can let out a collective sigh of relief: the fiscal cliff has been averted. Going over the edge or kicking the cliff were top of mind for hoteliers leading into the Americas Lodging Investment Summit in Los Angeles, the first of the year’s large finance-focused hotel industry conclaves.

With Congress’ eleventh-hour passing of a plan that essentially shields middle-class taxpayers from tax increases that were set to take effect this month, it’s likely the U.S. will be spared from a reoccurrence of recession. The bill is also a break for the hotel industry, which is still climbing back after America’s last economic quagmire. Now, according to most analysts, the industry should see solid numbers in 2013 and beyond.

“The fiscal deal hammered out by Congress is structured to cushion the impact of leaving a stimulus-led recovery and beginning a new era of higher taxes and reduced governmental services. Without a deal, many economists believed the scheduled changes would push the economy back into a recession,” said Sean Hennessey, CEO of Lodging Advisors. “The intangible benefit of the fiscal deal is that it provides a bit more clarity to businesses trying to plan for the future. The net result is likely to be a positive impact on hotels, with some improvement in corporate travel.”

One possible hiccup is the rise in payroll taxes. While taxes on those making above $400,000 will increase, so too will payroll taxes for all U.S. workers as a 2-percent tax cut for employees that reduced the Social Security tax withholding rate from 6.2 percent to 4.2 percent expired as of January 1. “Our hope is that a slight uptick in payroll taxes will have little impact on the majority of traveling Americans,” said Greg Champion, COO of Benchmark Hospitality International. “With a huge sigh of relief, it seems many indicators are pointing toward a promising year of growth in 2013.”

Looming Concern
Others are less enthused. “In the immediate short term, the results will most likely be neutral to slightly down as companies and consumers gauge the real impact of new taxes and less capital or disposable income,” said Joseph Smith, EVP of Chesapeake Hospitality. “Longer term will depend on whether the new Congress gets the U.S. fiscal policy under control or continues to kick the can down the road. Boomers will continue to be cautious as the hangover of the past four years remains vivid in their minds as they look at investment performance and the increasing cost of healthcare. Student loan debt and the continued lack of jobs will also hold back substantive growth in occupancy for hotels. I expect to see some growth in rate in 2013 and occupancies holding to 2012 numbers or slightly above.”

As Mark Laport, CEO of Concord Hospitality Enterprises, noted, the new plan has the potential to result in a less heady transactions market with the tax on capital gains increasing 5 percent to 20 percent for those with incomes above $400,000. As he astutely pointed out, many hotel owners were more apt to sell than hold in 2012 due to the ominous bump in rate. “Hotel investors are largely hotel sellers, and when taxed at 5 percentage points higher, that will dampen the philosophy of transactions,” Laport said. “If I’m going to pay that much in taxes and I’m getting decent returns, it’s not as attractive to be a seller. Why do it? That’s why we [saw] a rush to finalize deals before the end of the year.”

Chuck Pinkowski, founder of Memphis, Tenn.-based hospitality consulting firm Pinkowski & Company, had the same thought process as Laport. Hotel owners might have said, “maybe the best price is whatever we can get before Dec. 31,” he said.

And while some fears were put to rest, others were only delayed, namely the debt-ceiling discussion, which has until March to work its way out. This ambiguity is causing a shaky hotel asset sales market, said William Sipple, executive managing director of HVS Capital Corp. “The uncertainty relating to the operating metrics will continue to translate into higher cap rates and discount rates, resulting in lower values based on income streams,” he said. “There is still considerable capital on the sidelines, but the legislation that was passed did nothing to reduce the risk for investors. There is still the debt ceiling that has to be resolved in the next few months. This has the potential to completely disrupt the capital markets as it did in mid-2011. We are advising our clients to act now while the capital markets are receptive to hotel assets.”

Added Phil Ray, GM of the Indianapolis Marriott Downtown, “It is disappointing that Congress only addressed a small portion of the fiscal cliff and deferred the difficult spending cuts that inevitably will need to be made. The lack of clarity on what spending cut decisions Congress will make and the impact on businesses only suppresses the amount of travel and slows the recovery for the hotel industry.”

Great Expectations

PKF Hospitality outlined three separate scenarios to explain the results from the fiscal cliff negotiations. Had “we gone over the cliff,” PKF forecasted that revenue per available room would have been flat for 2013; instead, it predicts that under the current state, RevPAR this year should increase in the neighborhood of 6 percent.

The good news is that agendas and decisions can now be made with more confidence. “Many were holding back from pulling the trigger because [they were] not sure what rules they were playing by,” said Mark Woodworth, president of PKF Hospitality Research. He added that the hotel industry can expect RevPAR this year to be led by rate. For 2013, PKF forecasts that seven cities—Oakland, Calif., Oahu, St. Louis, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Indianapolis and Portland, Ore.—will all experience a year-over-year decline in demand, and, save for Indianapolis, the drop will be attributed to room rates increasing at such a strong clip. “When rates get high enough, travelers stay two nights instead of three,” Woodworth said. “[They] are selling less rooms at higher prices. That’s a good thing. It’s normal behavior as we progress through the cycle and speaks to the health of those markets.”

On the development side, expect further renovations. “Clearing this hurdle should help continue the cycle we witnessed last year of chains and independents going forward with major renovation plans,” said Sam Cicero, Sr., founder of Cicero’s Development Corp., an Illinois-based contractor specializing in commercial renovation. “Hotel renovation spending in 2012 is estimated to have been 30-percent higher than in 2011. We expect that spending momentum to be maintained in 2013 because the cliff was averted, allowing for the pent-up demand for renovation to be met after years of being put off.”

Share: 

Gmail 

Twitter 

Facebook 

LinkedIn 

Related Stories:



 

Fiscal cliff sidestepped: Now what for the hotel industry?

Topics: Fiscal Cliff



Articles - 12_’12: US hotel market set to prosper through 2016: PKF

By Nathan Greenhalgh on 12/13/2012
 

Looking forward, the U.S. lodging industry will see perpetual gains in demand, occupancy, ADR and RevPAR through 2016, according to a new study from PKF Hospitality Research.

RevPAR for U.S. hotels is projected to grow at a compound annual average rate of 7.2% for the next four years. This is more than double the historical long-run average.

However, the U.S. federal government’s ongoing “fiscal cliff” budget standoff is clouding what would otherwise be a sunny outlook for 2013.

“Despite all these positives, there is a pall on lodging industry participants induced by the federal budget negotiations,” said R. Mark Woodworth, president of PKF-HR. “Hoteliers are eager to begin enjoying what appears to be a four year period of sustained high levels of prosperity. Unfortunately, there is so much uncertainty surrounding 2013 that almost no one overtly is showing the optimism that should exist. Without falling off the fiscal cliff, we believe RevPAR in 2013 will increase by 6.0%. However, if budget negotiations fail, it can be assumed that RevPAR growth will be well below that. The good news is that under most every economic scenario, 2014 is shaping up to be a year of strong gains in both occupancy and ADR. Beyond 2014, without any meaningful new supply additions in sight, we should see record profitability.”

By year-end 2013, PKF-HR is forecasting the national occupancy rate to be 62.1%. While this is below the pre-recession peak of 63.1%, it does surpass the long-run average occupancy level of 61.9% per STR. “From previous research, we know that once occupancy reaches this important milestone, hotel managers gain the leverage they need to be more aggressive with pricing. Over the next four years, we are forecasting ADR growth of 5.4% on a compound annual basis,” Woodworth said.

Much of the gains in ADR will be experienced by properties in the luxury, upper-upscale, and upscale chain segments. Occupancy levels for these properties are projected to remain above 70% through 2016.

Properties in the upper-tier chain scales have led the recovery, but going forward PKF-HR is projecting the demand for more moderate-priced hotels to pick up. “This is consistent with the changes we have observed in the economic factors that have the greatest impact on lodging performance,” said John Corgel, professor of real estate at the Cornell University School of Hotel Administration and senior advisor to PKF-HR. “The initial stages of the recovery were influenced by growth in personal income, which favors the generation of demand for higher-priced hotels. Now we are starting to see slight improvements in employment, the economic variable that stimulates greater levels of demand for lower-priced accommodations.”

With roughly 85% of future RevPAR growth driven by increases in ADR, PKF-HR is forecasting unit-level net operating income to grow at a compound annual rate of 10.0% through 2016. “We are in the middle of five consecutive years of double-digit gains in hotel profits, a streak not seen since the high inflation days of the 1970s,” Woodworth said.

PKF-HR is forecasting ADR gains throughout the 50 U.S. markets it examined. Conversely, for 20 of these markets, the annual occupancy rate is expected to decline. In seven of the 20 markets, the decline in occupancy can be attributed to a forecast drop in the number of rooms occupied. “On the surface, it is concerning that we are observing declines in demand. However, for cities like Oakland, Oahu, San Francisco, and Los Angeles, occupancy levels will surpass 70%. These cities are at a point in their respective business cycles where price hikes will deter demand. But that is OK, and potentially more profitable for most hotels,” Woodworth said.

As with its ADR predictions, PKF-HR is forecasting a 2013 RevPAR increase in all 50 markets. Among the 10 markets forecast to enjoy the greatest gains in RevPAR, five are located in Texas. On the other end of the spectrum, five of the 10 markets projected to achieve the least growth in RevPAR are cities experiencing relatively strong levels of levels in supply growth. On average, the room inventory in these ten cities will rise by 1.7% in 2013.



Articles - 12_’12: Expedia execs share mobile booking data trends

 

By Stephanie Ricca



 

 

 

Expedia Chairman Barry Diller (left) and Expedia President and CEO Dara Khosrowshahi

 

LAS VEGAS—Expedia is banking on consumer preference for mobile booking, short-window booking and higher international travel to grow its businesses worldwide. At its annual Expedia Partner Conference here, executives shared data and trends related to online booking behavior, and addressed how its hotel partners fit into the overall picture.

 

“Today, most of our sites are seeing 20 percent or more of their transactions coming from mobile,” said president and CEO Dara Khosrowshahi. “It’s by far our fastest-growing channel.”

 

Right now Expedia has more than 130 mobile websites and its mobile apps are available in more than 200 countries.

 

While the company and its brands, including Hotels.com and Hotwire, are in various stages of introducing mobile sites and apps around the world, some overall trends are evident, according to speakers on a mobile trends panel.

 

“When you consider who is using mobile, you have to separate tablet use from phone use,” said Nigel Pocklington, CMO of Hotels.com. “Phone use is for people looking for a booking close in, while tablets on the other hand are used by customers with longer windows.”

 

Sarah Bernard, VP of global product development for Hotwire, put it this way: “We see customers are using mobile during commute hours, desktop computers at the lunch hour and during work hours, and tablet bookings go up after 9 p.m.”

 

Going hand-in-hand with that statistic, Bernard said 75 percent of same-day bookings on Hotwire come from mobile, while the highest average daily rate is achieved through tablet bookings.

 

Across the board, Expedia executives reported growth in same-day hotel booking. In March 2012, 16.6 percent of U.S. Expedia users booked their hotel room within 24 hours of departure, on a mobile device.

 

Expedia Lodging Partner Services President Laurens Leurink said hoteliers should know the media their customers are using to book rooms, and where they’re located. For example, he said. U.S. Expedia data shows 81 percent of people booking one-night stays via mobile are located within 10 miles of the hotel.

 

Expedia Traveler Preference program
One hot-button issue for the hoteliers in the audience was Expedia’s recent launch of its Expedia Traveler Preference program, which would give consumers booking via Expedia the option to pay the company upon booking or pay the hotel upon check-out.

 

The payment model, typically referred to as an agency model, is in testing phase in the U.S., following previous testing internationally, where hotels are more apt to choose the pay-later model.

 

Leurink said the number of hotels participating in the new pricing model with Expedia is growing, and he said it creates the upside of hotels getting more bookings because they are tapping into a greater group of customers—namely, international inbound travelers who are more accustomed to the model.

 

Hoteliers in the audience voiced concern that the new model would increase the likelihood of consumers who make a booking on Expedia, choose the pay-at-check-out option, then cancel the reservation, leaving the hotel to scramble to fill the room.

 

David Roche, president of Expedia’s Global Lodging Group, told Hotel Management that the company and its hotel partners will have to work out answers to these concerns, which may include hotels tightening up their cancellation policies.

 

“Like anything, we’ll try a lot of different approaches [with this] and we’ll see what works,” Roche said. “We’ll have to discuss this with hoteliers, see what they can live with, then discuss it with consumers. It’s definitely rolling out worldwide—it’s just a question of how fast.”
 

 

Source: Hotel Management



Articles - 12_’12: Measuring the impact of online reviews on rate

01 November 2012 7:20 AM
By Patrick Mayock
Editor in Chief
patrick@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • A one point gain in user review ratings would make someone 13.5% more likely to book that hotel.
  • A 1% increase in an online-reputation index contributes a 0.49% increase in RevPAR for luxury hotels.
  • Revenue managers must factor online reviews and ratings into their overall pricing and yielding strategies, sources said.

REPORT FOR THE U.S.—As the realms of sales, marketing and revenue management collide, revenue managers must begin to account for online reviews and ratings in their pricing and yield strategies.

Failure to do so means a failure to leverage all attributes of pricing power, according to panelists Tuesday during a webinar titled “Reputation drives revenue: How traveler reviews affect hotel pricing power.”

“Reviews and ratings place such a key role in traveler decisions, that they should therefore play a key role in revenue-management decisions,” said Daniel Edward Craig, founder of Reknown, an online-marketing, social-media and reputation-management firm.

To help understand the extent to which reviews should play in those decisions, Chris Anderson, associate professor in Cornell University’s School of Hotel Administration, shared new information from two key studies.

(Editor's note: "The Impact of Social Media on Lodging Performance" is now available for download at Cornell's website.)

Chris Anderson
Cornell University's School of Hotel Administratio
n

The first analyzed booking data from nine U.S. cities, specifically looking at the last 25 hotels a consumer looked at before purchasing one of those properties. He identified attributes from each of those properties, such as price, star ranking, position on the screen, location and user reviews.

Anderson then used the data to model a consumer’s likelihood to purchase or not purchase as a function of those attributes. User reviews yielded a coefficient of 1.135, meaning a one point gain in user review ratings would make someone 13.5% more likely to book that hotel.

Knowing this, a revenue manager could increase the rate, which negatively impacts a user’s likelihood to book, without seeing an overall net decrease in bookings.

For example, if a property was able to increase its average user rating from 3.8 to 4.8 on a 5-point scale, its revenue manager could increase rate by 8% without seeing a negative impact on overall net bookings.

“You get a sense of the pricing power of user reviews,” Anderson said.


Rate and reviews
The second study examined two-and-a-half years worth of hotel performance data from STR and compared it to online reputations ratings, as measured by ReviewPro’s Global Review Index. ReviewPro sponsored the webinar. STR is the parent company of HotelNewsNow.com.

Anderson used the two data sets to measure user-generated elasticity, or the percent change in pricing power, demand and performance as a function of a percent change in online reputation.

The results, shown in the chart below, highlight the increase in the various metrics given a 1% gain in online reputation.

For example, if a luxury hotel was to increase its online reputation by 1%, then its average daily rate would increase by 0.44%, its occupancy would increase by 0.09% and its revenue per available room would increase by 0.49%.

Because luxury assets are typically more established with predictable levels of strong service, user-generated reviews have less of an impact on performance. But as one moves further down the chain scales, uncertainty increases and reviews have a much stronger impact, Anderson said.

In the midscale segment, for example, a 1% increase in online reputation yields a 1.42% gain in RevPAR, compared to only 0.49% for luxury hotels.

“We see a dramatic impact upon performance of that property as a function of improvements in their online reputations,” he said.

That means online reviews and ratings are more important now than ever before.

“Users are communicating with lots of social content, whether that’s TripAdvisor or reviews for Travelocity or Expedia, and that’s part of this research process. At the time of purchase … that’s sort of swaying the consumer from one hotel to another potential,” Anderson said.

“The net of this as we look at aggregate performance, there truly is some correlation between a firm’s online reputation and the pricing power that comes with that and the ability to drive demand or drive rate and ultimately increase performance.”



Articles - 11_’12: Hotel buyers looking for debt post-deal

26 November 2012 7:36 AM
By Shawn A. Turner
Finance Editor
Shawn@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Coming in with all cash minimizes the execution risk inherent in a deal, Green Street Advisors’ Enrique Torres said.
  • Sellers don’t want to have to ask where a buyer’s loan is coming from, Noble’s Mit Shah said.
  • There is plenty of acquisition financing to go around, PMZ’s Peter Berk said.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—Hotel transactions have been slow to move through the pipeline during 2012. But some hotel investors are finding that paying all cash first and layering in debt later helps move these deals along more quickly.

A hotel buyer purchasing a hotel all cash and paying off existing mortgages, and then replacing the debt with lower-cost financing is not a new idea. However, talk of the practice has increased around the industry as the hotel transactions environment has slogged to a crawl.

Through June, just $5.9 billion of U.S. hotel transactions have closed, according to STR Analytics, sister company of HotelNewsNow.com. That compares with $19.4 billion for the full year 2011.
Steve Hennis
STR Analytics

“A big hiccup in the transactions process … is the amount of time it takes to work out a deal with special servicers (or) do the credit of the buyer” for example, said Enrique Torres, an analyst with Green Street Advisors.

However, coming in with all cash minimizes the execution risk of the deal and helps smooth out the closing process, Torres said.
Hotel deals today also are becoming increasingly complex. Paying all cash allows the buyer and seller some leeway to hash out the intricacies of the transaction, said Steve Hennis, director at STR Analytics.
Mit Shah, CEO of Noble Investment Group, said it’s important to be able to move quickly in today’s deal-making environment. Sellers, he said, don’t want to pause to ask the question: “Where’s your loan coming from?”
“All cash is almost a necessity,” he said.

Replacing debt with attractive terms
In addition to easing the closing of a hotel deal, there are several reasons why a hotel buyer would want to place debt post-acquisition, Torres said.
First, and perhaps most obviously, debt gives owners the flexibility to invest cash elsewhere.
For another, debt today can be found at a lower debt yield than in years past, Torres said.
“If I’m going to put debt on a property, I want to lock in the lowest yield,” he said. “It changes the cash-flow profile.”
Mit Shah
Noble Investment Group

Shah said buying existing yields and then attaching floating- or fixed-rate debt at 5% or 6% can be a big plus.

“They’ve almost immediately manufactured a double-digit levered return on their money,” he said.
Also, finding new debt pushes out the maturity date of loans coming due on the hotel. And regarding the previous financing, the loan to value on the property’s old debt might have been inefficient, Torres said.
Peter Berk, a founder of PMZ Realty Capital LLC and president of the company’s hotel division, said hotel investors could find better pricing on deals by securing financing after the transaction closes.
“It gives you more time and allows you to play the lenders against one another,” STR Analytics’ Hennis said.
Sellers appreciate the quick turnaround as well, Berk said. “If you can close within two or three weeks, it’s a much better deal for the seller,” he said.
Berk said there is plenty of acquisition financing to be had for buyers. He said interest rates are commonly in the range of 4% to 4.25% for a five-year term. And rates between 4% and 5% can be had on a 10-year loan with a 25- to 30-year amortization schedule.
Further, Berk said financing can be found for up to 70% to 80% of cost.
 



Articles - 11_’12: Priorities, focus shift as ecommerce evolves

16 November 2012 8:49 AM
By Jason Q. Freed
News Editor-Americas
jfreed@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Today’s online space is more complex and more fragmented.
  • The rise in importance of the mobile channel garnered much attention at PhoCusWright.
  • Search-engine marketing, particularly with new parameters introduced by Google, is making it harder to promote and sell hotel rooms.
From left to right: Sam Shank of HotelTonight; Chris Loughlin of Travelzoo; Gareth Gaston of Wyndham Hotel Group; and Geraldine Calpin of Hilton Worldwide.

PHOENIX—Iterate. Measure. Tweak. Monitor. Iterate again.

The hotel ecommerce space is so fluid—is evolving so rapidly—that hoteliers and online travel agencies are constantly shifting their priorities. Each day, new advancements bring new channels and new challenges. As consumers change the way they research and book trips, hoteliers and OTAs find themselves constantly trying to keep up.

A panel of hotel ecommerce experts at the 2012 PhoCusWright Conference looked back over the past five years to illustrate just how far hotel ecommerce has come in such a short time.

“Five years ago, we were saying online was the future. At that time, it was 8% to 10% of our business,” said Geraldine Calpin, VP of global ecommerce services for Hilton Worldwide. “At that time, it was about having a great website and keeping content—words and pictures—up to date. It was pretty simple.”

“Today, the average millennial will switch between 27 different media in an hour,” she continued. “To be successful in promoting hotels today, you have to be successful everywhere. That’s really complicated when you have 3,500 hotels around the world.”

Today’s online space is more complex and more fragmented, panelists agreed. Even the customers’ attention has splintered.

“Everywhere they go, in order to make up their decisions, it’s no longer words and pictures, it’s entertainment,” Calpin said.

Gareth H. Gaston, senior VP of global ecommerce for Wyndham Hotel Group, outlined three main priorities for hoteliers to focus on in today’s ecommerce landscape:

  • Ratings and reviews. How a hotel is positioned is no longer driven by the hotel or the brand but rather by the consumer.
  • Mobile. There is a tremendous amount of growth in the mobile research and booking space, which in turn is leading to shortening booking windows. Hoteliers have to take this new channel into account as pricing models evolve.
  • Media and distribution. There is a “mass hysteria” right now over “shiny, new things” promising to deliver demand to hotels, Gaston said. New opportunities are popping up left, right and center, he said. “There are dozens of things you can spend your money on,” Gaston said.

The rise in importance of the mobile channel garnered much attention at PhoCusWright.

“We’ve been talking for years about ‘this is the year of mobile,’” Gaston said. “Desktop searches have declined year over year. We’re trying to understand how to take a fantastic, fabulous product like hotels and transition them onto mobile.”

If anyone knows first-hand the importance of the mobile channel to the hotel industry, it’s Sam Shank, CEO and founder of HotelTonight, a company that received much praise over the three-day conference for its innovation in a new space that was previously underserved.

“Three, five years ago we couldn’t have existed,” Shank said of the fully-mobile product.

Shank added that search-engine marketing, particularly with new parameters introduced by Google, is making it harder to promote and sell hotel rooms.

“Previously you could write a check to get traffic to your hotels,” Shank said, describing keyword and SEM practices. “Now it’s no longer about having the biggest bank account.”

In terms of the dissention between hotels and OTAs, Gaston said there are OTAs that are helping solve a problem hoteliers could not do on their own and there are OTAs that are maliciously attacking hotel revenue with large margins.

Jeff Boyd, president and CEO of Priceline.com, said brands have “done a great job” improving their user interfaces.

“They are selling many, many more rooms on supplier.com, and I don’t expect that dynamic to change,” he said.


Where to invest
Given the rapidly evolving space, hotel ecommerce experts shed light on how they evaluate what channels and what processes to invest in.

“We have a test and learn philosophy,” Hilton’s Calpin said. “We ask, ‘Where did we (invest) yesterday? Is that the right place?’ Then we turn it off and see what happens.”

“Let the data tell you what works,” she suggested. “Take a little bit of money, run at it, give it a go and run tests. Have the right analytics, the right data and test.”

Calpin addressed efforts Hilton is making to centralize online disciplines, comparing digital distribution today to revenue-management practices 20 years ago. It was Hilton’s former President of Global Brands Paul Brown who announced at the 2011 PhoCusWright Conference that the supplier would embark on a new initiative to remove revenue-management responsibilities from the individual hotelier.

“This time last year we said this digital thing is here to stay,” Calpin said. “We said we can play at this and give (hotel partners) best practices or we can take the bold step and say we’ll do it for them in a clustered environment. We’re adding that capability and ensuring every one of our hotels has the resources to do it for them. It helps them make the right decisions.”

However, Wyndham’s Gaston countered, saying “you can’t outsource customer service.”

Calpin said if property-level hoteliers were left to their own devices, they’d invest in “what the owner likes instead of what we’ve demonstrated generates returns.”

Shank, of HotelTonight, said return on investment can’t be the only measuring stick when deciding where to invest. If HotelTonight would’ve looked strictly at ROI in its early days, the company would’ve shut down.

“We were only doing a booking every two days,” he said. “But we had faith that mobile was growing at a rate of 300% a year. … the most successful things for us have been completely un-measurable.”

Gaston evaluates investment in new distribution partners by asking whether the tool will help drive incremental demand and whether it will solve a problem. Then he looks at the expense to gain that incremental demand. He said there has been little innovation that actually helps hoteliers solve specific problems. For example, he said a technology startup that helps hoteliers boost Sunday night business would be a boon.

“The reason a lot of these startups work is because a shiny new thing shows up and we give them a good deal,” Gaston said.

Shank defended HotelTonight, saying 91% of users reported they had not stayed at the hotel they booked on HotelTonight previously, attempting to prove the tool is driving incremental demand. He also said Hotel Tonight does not bid against hotels on keywords.

“We built this to be very supplier friendly,” he said.

Calpin said Hilton understands that consumers aren’t always going to want to go to Hilton.com to research and book. So, provided OTA partners don’t “bid on our keywords or break any of the rules,” she said she considers OTAs a friend to hotels.



Articles - 10_’12: Hoteliers evolve mobile distribution strategy

17 October 2012 7:04 AM
By Jason Q. Freed
News Editor-Americas
jfreed@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Hoteliers are figuring out travelers will pay the same rate for a hotel room through mobile devices.
  • HotelTonight executives say the app’s association with discounting is a misnomer.
  • Some mobile business is not incremental; rather, it’s demand that has shifted from another platform.
A bevy of third-party distributors sell rooms specifically through mobile apps.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—With the growing number of hotel bookings coming via the mobile device, hoteliers are evolving their strategy to distribute and price inventory on mobile channels correctly.

Until recently, mobile channels had been pinned as last-minute discount channels where travelers could find deals on hotel rooms. Hoteliers bought into that notion and were giving inventory to distributors at deep discounts.

“The temptation to (discount the mobile channel) is clearly there,” said John Hach, senior VP of global product management at TravelClick. “At a high level, people are looking at mobile as an emerging channel and determining best practices. There’s a temptation to look at emerging channels and use them as a way to sell distressed inventory.

“However, I would caution against that practice.”

A poster child for the last-minute strategy is HotelTonight, which markets “last-minute hotel deals” throughout its app. “Hotels give us last-minute deals on their unsold rooms, with discounts up to 70%,” the company boasts on its website.

And there are many others; Travelocity most recently introduced Lastminute.com, a booking app that promises “instant access to 3-5 star hotels with discounts up to 55%.”

But hoteliers are figuring out that, as more people spend time surfing on tablets and smartphones, they’ll pay the same rate for a hotel room through those devices as they will through a desktop site or over the phone. Therefore, revenue managers more often are being advised to keep the mobile channel in parity with other distribution channels.

HotelTonight executives said the app’s association with discounting is a misnomer, promising the company “is truly on the hoteliers’ side.”

“Nothing frustrates me more than this notion that, because this is a mobile device, hotels should discount on it,” HotelTonight's COO and Co-founder Jared Simon said. “We’ve never believed that. This is sort of a bastardization of our model by big (online travel agencies) who have forced hotels to discount through their mobile app.

“I would love to shout from the rooftop that it would be a silly strategy (to discount the mobile channel),” Simon continued. “We would never endorse that.”

HotelTonight strategy
Simon said HotelTonight is designed to reach many audiences, including those looking for a last-minute deal and those looking for a last-minute room and are indifferent to the specific brand of hotel for which they are looking.

“We believe you should discount or not … depending on the customer’s position,” he said.

For the hoteliers, Simon said HotelTonight can be a channel to fill last-minute cancellations at a discounted rate or a channel to fill the last few rooms in the hotel at parity.

“Potentially discounting is a great option, but that has nothing to do with whether it’s a mobile channel or not,” he said. “Our view is that you can use mobile to capture this guest if you can induce them to book and you’re not cannibalizing your other channels. Otherwise, it doesn’t make sense to discount.”

He said even at the last second there are reasons a hotel might put out a full-fare rate.

Robert McDowell, senior VP of global distribution and loyalty at Choice Hotels International, remains a bit skeptical. He said HotelTonight is claiming to franchisees that the app can drive last-minute incremental demand, which franchisees have gravitated toward. However, a lot of the business is not incremental demand—it is just demand that has shifted from another platform, McDowell said.

“Business shifting from the desktop area to the tablet or mobile device is not incremental demand,” he said. “If you just discount it, you’re training consumers to wait until the last minute to book, which flies in the face of any revenue management strategy.”


Evolution of mobile pricing
Stephen Field, president of Synergy Hospitality, a Philadelphia-based management company, said he has never thought of having a mobile strategy as a last-minute discounting opportunity.

“We don’t really have a discount mentality,” he said. “We’re sort of waiting to see where things go with this.”

Choice’s McDowell likens the emergence of the mobile channel to the emergence of OTAs in the early 2000s. Early on, he said, hotels were giving inventory to OTAs at deep discounts as a way to increase demand. Over time, he said, hoteliers became smarter with their pricing strategies.

“Hoteliers need to recognize and have a better understanding of their guests,” he said. “The folks who are setting the pricing and setting the channel mix need to understand that mobile is no different than the desktop and they might not have to discount the channel.”

TravelClick’s Hach pointed to delayed flights as an example of same-day booking opportunity. If a traveler is stuck in a layover city and searches for a hotel room on his or her mobile device, he or she won’t necessarily be looking for a discount, Hach said.

He pointed to LaQuinta’s launch of “Instant Hold” as an example of a hotel brand looking to capitalize on same-day bookings without undercutting rate.

While Choice has earmarked a significant amount of capital to capture demand through its own mobile channels, McDowell said he continues to try to educate franchisees that it’s just a shift in demand, not “something they have to chase down by discounting.”

“Understand the mix and manage that appropriately,” he said. “It’s ultimately the revenue manager who has to have a real good understanding of where the demand is coming from and price appropriately by channel and device.”

On HotelTonight, users will see three hotel options in the market for which they are searching. The hotels are rotated every day to ensure users can’t predict which hotels will be offered. Simon said this is done intentionally “to protect hotels from people just waiting until the same day and hope your hotel is going to appear.”

“That’s very different than how other OTAs do it,” he said.

Simon said the “impulse rates” those last-minute bookers see are special promotional prices that should be used “only when you absolutely need to move rooms at the last second.”



Articles - 10_’12: HVS: Price per key to increase through 2016

23 October 2012 8:41 AM
By Patrick Mayock
Editor in Chief
patrick@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • The average price per key across all segments was $192,000 September year to date, according to STR Analytics.
  • Price per key for the U.S. hotel industry on average is expected to increase 38% through 2016, according to HVS.
  • San Francisco is the only market of the 66 tracked by HVS that is projected to see a decrease in value (-1%) through 2016.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—The average price per key during a hotel transaction for the U.S. hotel industry continues its slow and steady climb, although the pace of growth varies considerably by market and asset.

The average price per key across all segments was $192,000 September year to date—a 1.6% increase from the same period last year, according to STR Analytics, sister company of the Hotel Investment Barometer.

Another analysis from Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels pinned the metric at $170,000 through the first nine months of the year.

  2008 2009 2010 2011 YTD 2012
Average price per key $131,000 $107,000 $177,000 $171,000 $170,000

Source: Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels

A further study from HVS indicates that in hotel sales valued at $10 million or more, the average price per key increased by approximately 15% from $185,000 during 2010 to $214,000 during 2011.

“Price per key is trending up since the downturn in late 2008. However, this is asset- and market-specific,” said Tony Muscio, senior VP at JLLH. “If cash flow is at or near peak levels, this helps in a higher price per key. Other factors to consider are if the hotel is in a major market and would be accretive for a REIT purchase.”

“The composition of the transacted assets is extremely important: key markets versus secondary markets; who has been acquiring these deals,” said Gilda Perez-Alvarado, also senior VP at JLLH. “Private equity drove pricing over the last peak due to highly leveraged acquisitions. Also the type of asset that is being traded—is the asset stable or is it a repositioning opportunity.”

Major urban markets, such as New York, San Francisco, Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., typically hold a premium in price per key, Muscio said.

Of the six most active U.S. states in terms of the number of hotel acquisitions, New York posted the highest average price per key during the first half of 2012, according to the “2012 United States Hotel Valuation Index” conducted by HVS.


The state’s average of $268,831 outpaced California’s $239,165.

“Major markets normally have a bigger investor pool—more competition drives price,” Perez-Alvarado said. “Also, it is important to consider supply trends. Those markets with constrained supply growth or high barriers to entry are pricing at a premium. This is going to become even more important once construction financing becomes more readily available and development activity picks up.”

Discerning trends by chain scale is more difficult, Muscio said.

“There is not (significant increases or decreases) in any particular segment, as it would depend on how the property is performing, where it is located and availability of putting debt on the asset,” he said.

JLLH, however, does compile data for select-service and full-service hotels.

  2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Select service $107,000 $122,000 $129,000 $124,000 $94,000
Full service $177,000 $96,000 $197,000 $195,000 $225,000

Source: Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels

Future outlook
The next few years will see continued increases in average price per key, according to the HVS study.

“Based on the HVI, U.S. hotel values peaked in 2006 at $100,000 per room. The low point during the recent downturn occurred in 2009, with values dropping to $56,000 per room. We project that U.S. hotel value growth will persist through 2016, surpassing 2006 values by 2013,” according to the report, which was co-authored by Stephen Rushmore, Jr., and Katharina Kuehnle of HVS.

Having peaked in 2011, the pace of growth, however, will continue to slow, the report found.

Looking ahead, secondary markets—led by Tucson, Arizona; Tallahassee, Florida; and Sacramento, California—have the largest upside, as most primary markets have already recovered in value.

Price per key for the U.S. hotel industry on average is expected to increase 38% through 2016.

San Francisco is the only market of the 66 tracked by HVS that is projected to see a decrease in value (-1%) through 2016.



Articles - 10_’12: The Coming Storm: $2 Trillion in CRE Loan Maturity Presents the Next Fiscal Cliff

 

While a majority of America is keenly aware of the housing bubble, and at least somewhat familiar with the unraveling of the European Markets, little energy is being focused on what may very well be the nation’s next looming fiscal crisis: the large volume of commercial real estate debt maturing over the next seven years.

According to Trepp, a provider of CMBS analytics and data to the securities and investment management industry, there will be more than $2 trillion of commercial real estate loans maturing by 2017. It’s estimated that half of them are “underwater.” This of course means that fully $1 trillion in commercial real estate loans will mature without a clear refinancing strategy. These loans will not be refinanceable at existing debt levels, due to a decrease in underlying asset value, and today’s lending standards are much tighter than those of the middle 2000s, which further compounds the problem.

The lenders holding these overvalued loans will seek to either (1) right-size the loan balance at maturity through a large equity injection by the borrower (if an extension is even entertained), (2) foreclose on the loan and sell the underlying collateral, or (3) sell the loans at the maximum price attainable (oftentimes at a discount to the par value). In each of these resolutions, there will be significant opportunity for borrowers and third-party buyers alike to purchase real estate or real estate debt at significant discounts to legacy value.

This massive deleveraging of commercial real estate not only creates valuable buying and restructuring opportunities, it also highlights an even larger underlying problem: Who is going to be the capital provider for these fast-moving and non-traditional real estate transactions?

All-Too Common Scenarios

A commercial real estate developer that financed a retail project in 2005 today finds that the property is now worth less than the face value of the debt owed on the asset. Tenants have left the property, rents have fallen from peak pricing, and though new tenants are seeking to lease the space at lower rental rates, there is a need for capital to pay for tenant improvements and leasing commissions. To add to the complexity of the situation, perhaps the existing lender has recently called a maturity default and is not willing to offer any extension or forbearance options. Since this loan may be non-recourse, and currently not covering debt service payments, there is little incentive for the borrower to make interest payments out of pocket or inject a large amount of fresh capital into the project to “right-size” the loan and find a new conventional lender.

In the above scenario, there are several different potential outcomes for the asset, and several pitfalls with conventional financing for each:

1. The original lender forecloses on the asset and sells to a new owner: A new operator sees this as a value investment, but few lenders are willing to lend on an asset that is being operated by a bank or receiver, and is underperforming, and will not cover debt service upon the inception of a new loan. Therefore, only cash buyers can purchase the now distressed asset. Constraining the buying pool to this group reduces asset pricing, and therefore the bank’s ultimate recovery.

 

2. The bank offers the borrower a discounted payoff on an existing loan. In this situation, it is very difficult for a borrower to find a new lender to provide the capital to pay off the legacy lender, both because the payoff opportunity is likely only available for a short period of time and because there is institutional reluctance among banks and traditional lenders to replace what is viewed as a competitor’s problem.

 

3. The bank sells the loan at a discount. Lenders may take this approach to achieve a quicker resolution than they might get through foreclosure and sale, to potentially preserve a banking relationship with a customer, or simply to get the bad loan quickly off the balance sheet. It also allows the legacy lender the ability to avoid the moral hazard of providing the existing “bad” borrower a discounted payoff opportunity.

Traditional real estate lenders—banks, conduits, and insurance companies—are simply not able to provide the responsiveness and creativity that these scenarios often demand. Typical 60-90+ day closing timelines, extensive third-party appraisals and multiple layers of management often negate any potential financing before a loan application is even submitted. Accelerated and reliable deal execution is almost completely non-existent in this new lending landscape, and yet it is the most important factor in managing the tremendous overhang of legacy debt.

 

Where to Turn?

Commercial real estate bridge capital sources—nimble and capable debt and equity providers—are stepping up to fill the void that conventional lenders can’t and won’t. Niche capital sources will indeed welcome the opportunity to provide the borrower necessary proceeds for a short period of time to re-stabilize the asset, and ultimately refinance it at an appropriate debt level.

Such a partner can:

1. Provide the debt necessary for the operator to quickly purchase and re-stabilize the property so that it will be more financeable in the traditional real estate debt markets.

 

2. Seek out these value opportunities and can provide the capital necessary to allow the borrower to take advantage of a discounted payoff opportunity. The borrower would use the lender’s proceeds for a short period of time to re-stabilize the asset, and ultimately refinance at an appropriate debt level with a traditional real estate lender.

 

3. Facilitate opportunities for a new value-seeking borrower to purchase a property that a traditional lending source may not want to lend on, particularly if it has been neglected by the prior owner.

4. Acquire notes to manage, service and work out, potentially in partnership with the original borrower.

To Make Matters Worse?

Compounding this problem can be issues of deal size and geography. Transitional situations are more typical for loan and property sizes under $10 million—too small for larger institutional investors to take interest in. Furthermore, coastal money tends to focus on the coastal markets, often ignoring underserved areas needing these types of solutions and relief, such as Nashville, Dallas, Phoenix, Detroit, Houston, Charlotte, Cleveland, Tampa, and Atlanta. Some examples of transitional financing successes:

— One instance is a 312-unit apartment complex in Dallas, a property that was originally acquired in 2006 for $14 million and financed with $10 million in debt. The deterioration of real estate values in 2008 resulted in the property becoming overleveraged. This, along with the borrower’s expectation that it would lose the property, resulted in reduced investment and focus on the asset.

Ultimately, in the interest of avoiding a lengthy and costly foreclosure, receivership and liquidation process, the lender offered the borrower a discounted payoff of the loan for $5 million, or 50% of the legacy debt amount. But the payoff would have to occur within three weeks.

Fortunately, this borrower was able to secure a $5.2 million mortgage loan in this time-compressed situation. The recapitalized balance sheet and additional term allowed the borrowers to reinvest time and capital in the asset. The borrowers stabilized the property and ultimately refinanced the bridge loan within 13 months.

— Another interesting success story is a 300-unit hotel located in Lexington, KY. The property was one of the last non-franchised assets owned by a major flag operator and was being acquired by an experienced hotel operator planning to reposition the hotel under a new flag. Traditional financing for this transaction was unavailable because it involved a complicated ground lease, brand transition and a short time frame to close. Closer examination revealed a backlog of room bookings, projected event-based market factors, and low loan-to-replacement value.

The operator was able to secure a 12-month, $4.9 million loan that gave the borrowers time to transition the brand, stabilize the asset, and refinance into long-term debt with an SBA loan.

— In Memphis, the operator of a 150-unit apartment building had borrowed $4.4 million against the property in 1999 and eventually lost it to foreclosure in 2009. The prior lender took the property back as real estate-owned (REO) in September 2009 and sold it in May of 2010 to a new investor that needed financing. The new owner acquired the property for $2.9 million and invested $700,000 in acquisition equity in addition to escrowing $550,000 for capital improvements.

A bridge loan of $2.2 million was used to finance the transaction. This loan represented a 50 percent discount to legacy debt, and less than $15,000 per unit. This creative loan gave the borrower time to make capital improvements to the asset and stabilize the occupancy; it was eventually refinanced by a $3.6 million Fannie Mae loan.

 

Getting Creative

For brokers, borrowers and lenders alike, the lessons are these:

1. Don’t assume. There is a danger in assuming the banks are freely lending again…and equal folly in assuming that there are no capital providers looking to invest in opportunistic situations. Do your homework and evaluate all options.

 

2. Understand your position and desired outcomes. If you are a property owner, do you want to retain the asset and create value, but feel like you’re in a no-win situation with your current debt situation? Determine what your true endgame is—it’s often not default—and find the solution that will achieve it.

 

3. Time is of the essence. Know your time horizons. If traditional lending sources are not going to be an option for you to restructure your debt, it’s better to know that as early as possible so that you can start making plans B and C.

 

4. Deal with trusted partners. The dynamic financing markets, coupled with the great need for capital, and the promises of new and lucrative opportunities have given rise to a lot of new names and players promising solutions that they cannot deliver. Do your homework, get references, and make sure you are dealing with capitalized partners that have a verifiable track record of honest and responsive business practice.

Ultimately, the chief lesson is this: We must recognize the reality and severity of the times that lie before us. The over-leveraging of over-valued properties pre-2008 will not be solved by organic value growth, increasing rental revenue, inflation or otherwise. The near-term expiration of nearly $1 trillion in legacy debt will require a broad-based deleveraging, and the entire universe of players in the commercial real estate market—from borrowers to lenders and brokers—need to work in concert to develop creative, flexible solutions for the spectrum of property owners throughout the country that will need them.

Nicholas Coburn is the founder and co-managing partner of Bloomfield Capital, a Birmingham, Mich.-based specialty finance firm focused on originating and purchasing commercial real estate loans. For more information, visit www.bloomfieldcapital.com.



Articles - 10_’12: The Travelclick Perspective Oct ’12

 

 

 

   

Current Market Overview

   

The hotel industry outlook for the top 25 North America markets is showing an increase of 4.3 percent in committed occupancy for the calendar year September 2012 – August 2013 based on group commitments and individual reservations on the books as of September 2, 2012 compared to the same time last year. This is driven by the group segment with an increase in room nights committed 3.2 percent. The transient segment demand is also showing a strong increase, up 7.1 percent compared to the same time last year. Much of this high increase in transient pace is due to an expansion of the booking window versus this time last year. The average daily rate (ADR) continues to show steady growth, up 3.6 percent over the same time last year.

 

R_Avasarala

For the third quarter of 2012, overall committed occupancy is up 1.2 percent year-over-year for the top 25 markets. Committed occupancy for the group segment is up 1.9 percent and the transient segment demand is up 0.9 percent compared to a year ago. Average daily rate for the third quarter shows growth up 3.8 percent compared to the same time last year. Business segment ADR, which includes weekday transient negotiated and transient retail segments, is up 1.0 percent. Leisure segment ADR, which includes transient discount and transient qualified segments, is up 0.3 percent.

 

Understanding the share impact of hotels competitors

Hoteliers operate in a competitive market place and consumers have a number of choices for their hotel stays. Common hotel performance benchmarks such as Occupancy, ADR and RevPAR indices are calculated in the context of a competitive set of properties to which the hotel belongs. In particular occupancy index and RevPAR index measure the share of demand and revenue a hotel achieves relative to its competitive set.  It is critical for hoteliers to pay attention to competitor properties and ensure that pricing and revenue management actions drive optimal share outcomes. However, to enable these actions, there are some key questions that need to be answered:

  • Is my demand more sensitive to the prices of some competitors versus others in my competitive set?
  • How does my competitive price position versus each individual competitor impact my share of demand and revenue?
  • What price position, strategically and tactically, will generate the highest revenue outcome for me?

In this perspective, we excerpt some key concepts from TravelClick's recent white paper "Market Aware Pricing: Share Forecasting and Optimal Price Positioning", August 2012 and discuss the application of an analytic framework to evaluate competitors and address the above questions. 

Modeling Customer Buying Behavior

Customers looking to purchase a hotel room account for a number of considerations. They usually have an idea of where to stay (location), the type of hotel (hotel segment, or chain scale), specific property or brand preference as well as a variety of feature and accommodation preference. Along with these considerations, customers also have certain expectations about prices and value-for-money trade-offs at various hotel properties. These considerations and expectations are sorted out as part of the search and booking process and account for the resulting shares for each of the properties in the competitive set. 

Given the above customer buying behavior, our fundamental hypothesis is that a property's demand share is a function of its price versus the price of each individual competitor in its competitive set. With the right data, comprising of competitive prices and demand share, this relationship can be statistically modeled and understood.

 

 

Price Position Variance Percent as a Mover of Share

When a customer is confronted with actual prices, he/she gets a sense of a good value hotel and then compares that hotel to other hotels based on the difference in price relative to the perceived benefits of each. The difference in price between two hotels is called the price position. The customer expects a certain price position (the reference price position) based on what prices have customarily been offered. That reference positioning is assumed to reflect certain characteristics of a particular hotel versus its competitors, such as quality, location, amenities and strength of brand. When the actual price position varies from the reference price position, the customer begins to weigh the choice of the hotel he/she actually prefers versus the options available within the competitive set and makes a decision. Furthermore, a $20 difference in a market that sells rooms for $100 per room night is expected to have a greater effect than the same difference in a market that sells rooms for $400 per room night. These price position effects move the share needle one way or the other.

The ratio of the Price Position Variance to the Market Reference Price is the Price Position Variance Percent (PPVP). The degree to which the customer's decision is altered by a given PPVP is the customer's price sensitivity. This sensitivity varies for a subject property in relation to each individual competitor with the sensitivity being higher for some and much lower for other competitors.

We believe the availability of complete, detailed, and forward-looking market demand and pricing data offers great potential for advancing the state of the art in hotel pricing analysis, evaluation, strategy, policy, and tactics. Effective pricing requires a solid understanding of how customers make their buying decisions given a range of competitive offers. There is now more data than has ever been available in the past to more directly capture, observe and model this customer choice process. 

 

Performance Summary

The chart below shows the year-over-year position by market of committed occupancy, reserved occupancy, ADR, and RevPAR, based on business on the books for the future 12 months. Committed occupancy is group blocks plus transient reservations. Reserved occupancy, ADR, and RevPAR are based only on reservations (group pickup and transient reservations). Shades of green indicate performance better than the market average. Shades of orange/red indicate performance worse than the market average.



Perspective_September 2012 chart

 

About TravelClick

TravelClick (www.TravelClick.com ) is a leading provider of profitable revenue generating solutions for hoteliers worldwide. TravelClick offers hotels world-class reservation solutions, business intelligence products and comprehensive media and marketing solutions to help hotels grow their business. With local experts around the globe, we help more than 30,000 hotel clients in over 140 countries drive profitable room reservations through better revenue management decisions, proven reservation technology and innovative marketing. Since 1999, TravelClick has helped hotels leverage the web to effectively navigate the complex global distribution landscape. TravelClick has offices in Atlanta, Barcelona, Chicago, Dubai, Hong Kong, Houston, Melbourne, New York, Orlando, Shanghai, Singapore and Tokyo. Follow us on www.twitter.com/TravelClick and www.facebook.com/TravelClick

Information in this newsletter covers the top 25 markets in North America and is based on data supplied by brands participating in TravelClick's MarketVision Demand Position reporting.

 

     

 

Connect with TravelClick

 

social_media_05

social_media_07

social_media_09

social_media_11

social_media_13

 



Articles - 10_’12: 16 key insights about the American traveler

01 October 2012 8:37 AM
By Patrick Mayock
Editor in Chief
patrick@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Eight out of 10 Americans took at least one leisure trip during the past 12 months.
  • Vacation is still viewed as a birthright.
  • Only 7% of Americans said their travel decision was based primarily on research or feedback from social networking sites.
Peter Yesawich of MMGY Global shared key insights about the American traveler during the ISHC's 2012 Annual Conference.

ATLANTA—The American traveling public is a fickle bunch, prone to shifts in sentiment and selling habits. But in those adjustments and adaptations comes opportunities for the savvy hotel marketer.

The key, said Peter Yesawich, vice chairman of MMGY Global, is keeping one’s finger on the pulse of those changes to best take advantage.

Doing so is no easy feat, he admitted. Fortunately, MMGY Global has a team specifically dedicated to the task. And during a panel titled “Spectator trends: Challenges and opportunities” during the International Society of Hospitality Consultants’ 2012 Annual Conference, he shared 16 of their most compelling findings.

(Note: MMGY’s findings are limited to the approximately 50% of American households that travel. Of those 50%, the group only examines households with an annual income of more than $50,000, which Yesawich said drive the majority of shifts in travel.)

1. Incidence of travel largely unchanged
The rate at which Americans took an overnight trip during the past 12 months held largely consistent with the previous two years, Yesawich said. During 2010 and 2011, 91% of Americans said they went on a trip; this year that number was 90%.

2. Leisure demand is dominating
Approximately four out of 10 Americans took at least one business trip during the past year. Roughly eight of 10, however, took at least one leisure trip during the year.

“The locus of demand in the travel business began to shift to leisure four years ago, and that spread has widened,” Yesawich said.

The average American took 3.8 leisure trips during the past 12 months, he added.

3. Affluent driving demand
“The affluent traveler is driving much of the demand,” Yesawich said.

Thirty-two percent of households with more than $250,000 annual income plan to take more leisure trips this year than last, while only 5% said they plan to take less. This compares to the national average of 19% and 13%, respectively.

4. Aging demographics brings new opportunities
“This is a wonderful opportunity for any hotel operator that caters to leisure travelers,” Yesawich said of this next insight.

More than 20% of active travelers are grandparents. Of those, 40% have taken a trip with a grandchild during the past year. And eight out of 10 times that a grandchild comes along, so does a parent.

The cruise industry has been taking advantage of this multigenerational travel trend for the past decade by offering second, third and fourth cabin rates, Yesawich said. The hotel industry would be wise to do the same.

5. Traveler sentiment is strong—and looks to stay that way
MMGY Global polls 2,300 households across the country every six months to ask about travel intentions. The resulting Traveler Sentiment Index, which was set at 100 during 2007, measures six factors, such as availability of money to travel and the perceived affordability of travel.

During February 2012, the index was at 93.6, Yesawich said. By way of comparison, the index’s lowest reading of 78.2 came during October 2008.

“The TSI seems to have stabilized,” he said. “We don’t see any potholes potentially on the horizon for 2013 from the consumer’s point of view.”

The lone exception, he added, were the suspension of the Bush-era tax cuts, which a portion of the respondents said would impede their ability to afford travel.

6. Vacation is stilled viewed as a birthright
Three-fourths of Americans agree that taking a vacation is one event they look forward to most each year. In other words, it’s a birthright, Yesawich said.

The most important thing on Americans’ “to do” list for 2012 was to get healthier, which was cited by 58% of respondents. Next on the list was to become more financially stable (45%), followed by seeing more of the world (37%).

“This perception has eclipsed a perception that consumers have embraced for many years … which is to spend more time with friends and family (29%),” Yesawich said.

7. Millennials: A whole new breed
Millennials are proving a fickle group, Yesawich said. They show up to a hotel, give solid ratings in all aspects when such feedback is deserved, “and in the next breath say, ‘We’re not coming back,’” he said.

That’s not to diminish the role of service but rather to introduce the idea that this next generation of travelers want to try and experience new things, he said.

Indeed, 93% of millennials said they are more likely to try new things while on vacation, while an additional 89% said they prefer to go to new destinations for vacation.

“Smart money in marketing today is no longer in trying to repatriate the existing guest,” Yesawich said; it’s to cultivate the sense of “wanderlust” that’s percolating in the next generation.

8. Frugality conveys status
While status often is conveyed by one’s material possessions, Yesawich said his firm’s research revealed a slightly incongruous finding: It’s not the possession so much as the price to obtain that possession.

In other words, “Status was conferred on the people who got the best deal,” he said.

The emergence of so many new “toys” or tools to shop rates and bargains is evidence of the trend, he said.

9. Value is still king
Despite the prevailing emphasis on frugality, value is still king, Yesawich said.

Not only did travelers say that “value for price” was the most important criteria in choosing a hotel, but they are willing to pay full price if they’re assured of the value inherent in that price.

For households with an annual income of more than $250,000, 81% agreed they are willing to pay full price on items they purchase as long as they’re guaranteed the quality and service they deserve, he said. That number was 79% last year.

10. Not all vacations are created equal
Seven out of 10 Americans have gone on a “celebration vacation,” or those that are tied to specific life events, during the past year, Yesawich said. The two most popular events are milestone birthdays and anniversaries.

These trips are typically longer and generate higher spend than an average trip, he added.


11. More people are taking last-minute trips
“More and more people are taking these last-minute trips,” Yesawich said.

Approximately 30% of Americans have taken one during the past 12 months. That number is up from the “teens” a few years ago, he said.

The average advance booking period for last-minute trips was 6.2 days.

The incidence of those taking advantage of flash sales, however, was down from 20% during 2011 to 14% this year. MMGY defines a “flash sale” as “the basting of time-sensitive offers or discounts to targeted prospects via email.”

12. Print is losing its impact
During 2011, 40% of travelers said they look for travel deals in the newspaper.

Today that number has fallen to 29%, Yesawich said.

13. Mobile usage going up … and up … and up!
During 2010 and 2011, 23% of Americans had a smartphone; today more than half do.

Tablet usage is picking up as well. Whereas 7% owned a tablet device during 2011, this year more than 27% do.

The adoption rate has been nothing short of extraordinary, Yesawich said.

“This is unbelievable,” he said. “Explosive growth of tablet devices, but we’re also discovering that people use tablets and smartphones fundamentally differently in terms of how they use them when they plan and purchase travel services.”

Whereas smartphones are used more for on-the-go search, tablets are couch-potato companions used to research travel and shop online, he said.

One out of five Americans own both devices, Yesawich added.

14. OTAs still top dogs, but meta-search engines are joining the pack
Expedia, Travelocity and Orbitz are the “big dogs” in the world of online travel search, Yesawich said. The incidence of travel to Expedia—that is, the percentage of respondents who search the site at least once—was 56% during 2010 and 52% this year and last.

Brand.com, by comparison, drew 15% of respondents during 2010, 29% in 2011 and 31% this year.

“The ones that you want to watch are the ones called the meta-search sites,” he said, highlighting Kayak in particular.

The site tabled its planned IPO after Facebook’s landed with such a thud. However, once the dust settles, Kayak will move forward, Yesawich said.

“When they get that bucket of cash, they’re going to do one thing: They’re going to bang away at advertising to tell consumers that they can go online and find all the prices they want with a couple of clicks,” he said.

15. Brands are losing their power
Thanks in part to the efforts of sites such as Kayak, brands are losing their luster, Yesawich said.

“From a consumer perspective, the importance of the brand in transactions for the past five years continues to decline,” he said. While value for price was cited by American as the most important factor when choosing a hotel, room rate came in a close second.

To make matters worse for brands, the majority of consumers are still left with the impression OTAs and meta-search engines continue to house the best prices, Yesawich said.

16. Social media still a hard sell
“The adoption rate of social sites by active travelers in terms of where they claim to be posted is nothing short of phenomenal,” Yesawich said. Seventy-three percent of travelers surveyed said they had a Facebook page, up from 67% last year.

Furthermore, 61% of travelers routinely check ratings on TripAdvisor before they conduct a transaction, he said. “That’s an amazing number.”

Increasingly more important is YouTube, Yesawich added. Today 32% of all travelers visit the video platform looking for customer reviews. That incidence number has doubled in 24 months, he added.

But despite such usage, 7% of Americans said their travel decision was based primarily on research or feedback from social networking sites, down from 9% during 2011.



Articles - 09_’12: Travel players predict 2013 trends, concerns

How are you planning your budgeting for mobile in 2013?

17 September 2012 9:37 AM
By Stephanie Wharton
Reporter
swharton@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Rumors of Apple entering the travel industry is a distribution issue hoteliers are beginning to show concerns about as 2012 comes to a close.
  • Consumers who interface with Expedia’s social sites are twice as likely to convert than those who do not.
  • “We’re going to see mobile this year represent 35% of all searches. Next year, it will be about 45%,” Google’s Tran Hang said.

LAS VEGAS—As hoteliers start planning for 2013, travel industry players are predicting the next big trends and concepts, said a group of panelists who spoke during EyeforTravel’s Travel Distribution Summit North America 2012.

Though companies are focusing on different aspects of the industry, there’s one thing everyone seems to be keeping top of mind: the consumer.

Distribution, marketing and Apple
Starwood Capital Group, for example, is going to tweak its distribution mix to keep up with the evolving consumer.

It’s the classic question, said Ash Kapur, VP of revenue management and distribution for Starwood Capital. “What percentage of spend should be online, and what percentage should be spent offline? I think we are going through that exercise now for hotels in ’13.”

“Fundamentally, we’re looking at digitizing our marketing, distribution approach in 2013,”Kapur said.

One trend the company is seeing is that intermediary bookings are growing faster than property-direct booking. It is not a bothersome issue yet, Kapur said, because he sees working with intermediaries as a partnership.

But if growth of the intermediary channel becomes significant, it will create red flags about the allocation of marketing spend.

“If it’s a partnership that’s growing faster than direct channels, we need to address it,” he said.

Rumors of Apple entering the travel industry is another distribution issue hoteliers are beginning to show concerns about, but Kapur said there’s something the industry needs to keep in mind: “The bigger question is if Apple were to get into the travel space, how would they get access to the inventory? Who provides them that inventory, and who provides them that rate?”

When it comes to distribution, hoteliers are in control of their inventory, he said.

Consumer-focused innovation
For Expedia, the main focus in 2013 will be consumer-focused innovation, according to Abhijit Pal, senior director for global strategic accounts and gaming at the company.

Expedia has to meet customers at the level which they are now in, Pal said. “They care about choice, they care about transparency and they care about convenience.”

That means investing in social and mobile, he said.

The trends the industry sees today regarding same-day and 90-day bookings might be different five years from now, which plays a role in how the company invests in its mobile platforms. It’s important to look at where the customers are and where Expedia needs to be to meet them, Pal said.

As for social, “(it) can easily become a double-edged sword,” Pal said. “On Expedia, we have to invest in social because we know our customers are social. Consumers that interface with our social sites are twice as likely to convert than those that do not.”

“Social can also be the amplification of consumer complaints. It can go either way, and you have to be prepared to invest either way.”


Catching up to consumers
Tran Hang, head of travel industry at Google, said 2013 will be the year of catching up to consumer behaviors.

“We’re going to see mobile this year represent 35% of all searches. Next year, it will be about 45%,” Hang said. “These are outstanding growth rates we can’t ignore.”

Part of the search experience for consumers is finding room availability and pricing information, she said. “Part of what we want to do is more than you see today.”

What Google is seeing in its data is that its users want something really experiential, Hang said. In thinking about how to scale and differentiate what consumers want, it becomes less about the experience and more about delivering the rate expectation to the customer.

“We see that as a very large data challenge,” Hang said.

Part of that challenge will be working to get data from third-party providers and even partners within the travel industry, she said.

Experiential travel
Consumers don’t want the same thing as everybody else, said Travis Katz, founder and CEO of Gogobot, a travel-related social network.

“Everyone’s an individual, they like choice,” Katz said. On top of that, “consumers are very, very time constrained, and they’re price sensitive.”

Google is the dominant player in the search space, he said, but information overload also overwhelms consumers.

What Gogobot will focus on in the coming year is how to make experiential travel preferences easier to discover. “It’s just too much information … not enough time,” he said.

“I think setting the right expectations is important, but the question is: What is the right data to communicate?”

By working with partners and continuing to focus on unlocking consumer data, Gogobot sees opportunities to help travel consumers make easier decisions in the mobile space.



Articles - 09_’12: Smart budgeting now will lead to booming 2013

06 September 2012 1:56 PM
By Max Starkov
HotelNewsNow.com columnist

 


Story Highlights
  • Core digital marketing campaigns should include year-round digital marketing initiatives.
  • Business-need campaigns help the property tackle business and occupancy needs that arise.
  • Capital investments, consulting and operations include initiatives that are necessary to keep your website healthy.

Yes, it is that time of the year again. Next year’s marketing budget is on the line and hoteliers are frantically trying to pick the top revenue-generating initiatives to focus on during 2013.

This year, Google says 94% of travelers are accessing hotel information online, and PhoCusWright says 55% of all leisure and business travel bookings will be done online, so, the online channel is where your potential guests are. No wonder Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide announced earlier this year that 75% of its brands’ marketing would be spent in the digital space.

Max Starkov


Yet, this year U.S. marketers will over-spend some $20 billion (according to KCPB) in print advertising, and under-spend the same amount in Internet and mobile advertising initiatives.

The never-ending stream of new online “next-big-thing” business models, travel sites and networks can make it difficult to decide which initiatives will help your business and which are wastes of money. Below I have provided guidance on how to structure your property’s digital marketing budget in 2013. The budget should focus on driving direct online bookings by channeling your initiatives into one of three “silos”: core marketing campaigns, business needs-driven marketing campaigns, and capital investments, consulting and operations.

1. The core digital marketing campaigns (recommended share of the 2013 digital marketing budget: 50%-60%):

This portion of the budget should include year-round digital marketing initiatives, which are proven winners regardless of the economy or latest trends.

 

  • Search-engine marketing on Google and Bing/Yahoo;
  • search-engine optimization initiatives, such as new content creation or inbound linking initiatives;
  • cost-per-click programs such as “show prices” CPC program on TripAdvisor;
  • soLoMo (social, local and mobile) allows the hotel to deliver personalized content to guests and customers in real time;
  • mobile website and mobile marketing has earned a spot in the core initiatives, with U.S. bookings via the mobile channel expected to exceed $2.16 billion in 2013, according to PhoCusWright;
  • email marketing;
  • remarketing and retargeting. The Google Display Network offers the ideal balance of re-targeting text ads and banner ads;
  • online videos of your hotel and its amenities influence travel decisions and increase conversions on the hotel website; and
  • online reputation management and presence in leading social media and review sites.

2. Business-needs driven multi-channel digital marketing campaigns (recommended share of the 2013 digital marketing budget: 20%-25%):

Business-need campaigns help the property tackle business and occupancy needs that arise because of seasonality, group cancellations, occupancy issues or other customer segment needs.

Multi-channel marketing campaigns are the most effective way to address a business need, increase reach, and boost bookings and revenue for a need period.

For example, say Property X needs to drive leisure bookings for the upcoming month because it just realized the hotel is only at 60% occupancy. The hotel could create a campaign with a limited time offer and drive consumers directly to the property website via SEM; SEO; online media; email marketing; travel consumer deal alerts; mobile marketing; social media; and interactive initiatives, such as generating buzz with contests or sweepstakes.

3. Capital investments, consulting and operations
(recommended share of the 2013 digital marketing budget: 25%-30%):

This silo in the 2013 budget includes initiatives that are necessary to keep your website healthy, such as website redesigns, enhancements and technology upgrades, as well as initiatives that don’t produce direct revenue yet are essential to the success of your property (consulting, analytics and hosting). Scrimping on these initiatives can jeopardize the performance of all other budget line items.

Naturally, maintaining the hotel website remains of paramount importance to hoteliers—anything you do online today leads back to the website. In addition, hoteliers need to tackle a major new challenge: creating and managing digital content throughout three distinct distribution channels (desktop, mobile, tablet).

It is not just about having any hotel website. Today's hotel website needs fresh content, rich media and current promotions. The hotel's special offers, promotions and packages need to be marketed across all channels, from the desktop website to the mobile site and social media. Your old and tired 1- to 2-year-old website cannot possibly meet the new requirements and most likely has dropped off the map, experiencing deteriorating conversions, bookings and search rankings.

Conclusion

In 2013, the hotel’s digital marketing budget should be separated into three silos. The core of the budget should focus on return-on-investment-driving basics; include flexible funds for unforeseen challenges and business-driven needs; and set aside a portion for website upkeep and operations.

Max Starkov is President & CEO of HeBS Digital, a full-service digital marketing and direct online channel strategy firm based in New York City.

HeBS Digital has pioneered many of the best practices in hotel Internet marketing, social and mobile marketing, and direct online channel distribution. The firm has won over 200 industry awards for its digital marketing and website design services.

Max has spent 30 years in hospitality and travel, with an extensive Internet marketing and online distribution experience. He co-founded and served as CEO of three e-commerce travel companies: Travelbreak.com, WhaleMedia.com and HeBS Digital. Max received the HSMAI “Top 25 Most Extraordinary Minds in Sales and Marketing” in 2008 and since 2010 has been serving on the HSMAI Digital Marketing Council. He has an MS in Economics of International Tourism & Hospitality and an MBA degree, Beta Gamma Sigma Honors, from Fordham University in New York.
The opinions expressed in this column do not necessarily reflect the opinions of HotelNewsNow.com or its parent company, Smith Travel Research and its affiliated companies. Columnists published on this site are given the freedom to express views that may be controversial, but our goal is to provoke thought and constructive discussion within our reader community. Please feel free to comment or contact an editor with any questions or concerns.



Articles - 09_’12: Hotel guests willing to pay extra for sought-after features

An interesting article! What is your experience?

By Steve Temmermand



 

 

Hoteliers can drive revenue growth by offering not only experiences that customers want, but experiences for which they are willing to pay a premium. Recently, PwC conducted research to analyze the value of different hotel options. The research reveals that issue resolution and in-room amenities are features most sought by customers. 

Unlike traditional methods of consumer research, PwC’s Experience Radar 2012 measures the features that customers value as they select a hotel, not just features they like. The difference is that valued features are those for which customers are willing to pay more. The study is based on responses to an online survey from a sample of 900 U.S. consumers—600 leisure travelers and 300 business travelers. 

Experience Radar 2012 identifies certain, important features that guests have grown to expect from their hotel experiences. These are the must-have features, with low economic returns. Notable features that customers do not want to pay a premium for include style and décor, flexible cancellation policies and reward points. 

In contrast, Experience Radar 2012 also identifies features, such as issue resolution and in-room amenities, that guests find important and for which they are willing to pay a premium. Leisure guests reported they were willing to pay a 20-percent premium for best-in-class issue resolution, while business guests reported they were willing to pay an 11-percent premium. Also, this feature affects a hotel’s ability to retain customers.

Eight out of 10 leisure guests are influenced by well-handled issue resolution during a previous stay when rebooking.

On the other hand, failure to resolve customer issues can have lasting and broad-reaching consequences. Sixty-six percent of guests surveyed indicated they are not willing to rebook after a bad experience. In addition, they make sure their entire network shares the same sentiment because 80 percent of those surveyed report sharing bad experiences with others within a month.

The report finds a divide between leisure and business guests in willingness to pay extra for certain amenities. Leisure guests reported a willingness to pay a 30-percent premium for a hotel offering what could be called top-tier, in-room amenities, such as Wi-Fi and high-definition TV. While 84 percent of business guests value these same types of top-tier amenities, they reported an unwillingness to pay a premium for them. 

These findings suggest that hoteliers may be able to drive incremental revenue by enhancing their guests’ experience.  In particular, guests value an ability to address issues as soon as they arise.



Uncategorized - 08_’12: 2012 Hotel Cost Estimating Guide

August 8th, 2012

The annual Hotel Cost Estimating Guide from HVS and JN+A is available for download- please click here

This marks the fourth consecutive year that JN+A has produced
the annual Cost Estimating Guide to help provide the
industry with specific guidelines of what to expect when embarking
on renovation projects. The guide examines each
segment of hotels with a specific prototype and provides a
range of costs by product. From current trends in FF&E to
the latest developments in sustainability, this comprehensive
report provides data as well as anecdotal information on the
many facets of the industry. With renovation activity on the
upswing and expected to continue to grow this year, this
guide figures to be a valuable resource for anyone interested
in more information on CapEx spending.



Articles - 08_’12: Cross on the future of distribution, RevPAR

By Nathan Greenhalgh on 8/17/2012

At the HSMAI Revenue Optimization Conference, held in June in Baltimore, conference speakers predicted that the distribution landscape will shift dramatically and that revenue managers’ focus on RevPAR will be superseded by total revenue and profitability.

One of the panel discussions at the conference featured Greg Cross, senior vice president, revenue management, Hyatt Hotels Corp., Chicago. Before taking the position at Hyatt, Cross worked as a revenue management executive at Hilton Worldwide, McLean, Virginia, for 14 years. After the conference, HOTELS spoke with Cross about trends in revenue management and what he thought of the future of distribution, rate parity and the relevance of RevPAR.

More coverage of the conference will be featured in the September issue of HOTELS Magazine.

HOTELS: What direction do you see distribution going in over the next few years? Do you foresee more or less direct booking?

Greg Cross: Less if you mean hotel direct. There will continue to be a large audience of customers who want to talk with a live agent during the sales process, but brand website bookings are continuing to grow as websites get more and more user-friendly and provide complete information and pictures. So the trend will continue to be customers moving online to book their reservation. Largely from the branded hotel’s website where content is the richest.

HOTELS: What is the future of rate parity?

Cross: Rate parity is alive and well. Anyone who does not think so is too young to remember the online travel boom of 1998 through 2002. If you did not live through it, you simply cannot understand the chaos that was caused by a lack of rate parity as individual hotels continued to shoot themselves in the foot and sign contracts that permitted wholesalers to operate in a retail space with rates lower than the hotels could sell themselves. It took most of the major brands several years to get those contracts under control and to educate the hotel managers that they were only hurting themselves. Oddly enough hotels had been out of parity with global distribution systems for the decade prior to that but no one ever talked about it unless you were first generation revenue management. That was because the transparency of the Internet finally brought the problem into focus for a generation of hotel executives who were “out of sight, out of mind” on the challenge.

HOTELS: How can revenue managers best identify their most profitable market segment, and why do you think some revenue managers have not identified this yet?

Cross: It’s actually very easy. Again, I hear this type of feedback at revenue management conferences, usually coming from independent hotels or small hotel chains where I guess the quality of data has not improved as rapidly as it has in the major brands. Most of the majors are now working with excellent market segmentation data and business intelligence tools that mine these answers and deliver them on a platter. The real enemy is not the competitive set. The real enemy is employee turnover and the frequent inability to find trained, qualified people to interpret the data and make decisions. It’s a geeky profession but that “lights are on but nobody’s home look” is still out there to be found.

HOTELS: Is revenue management shifting from top line revenue to profit contribution? If so, how is that changing the revenue manager's roles, the tools they use and how they are evaluated?

Cross: Not quickly enough. My personal opinion is that the challenge is cost-related. The hotel industry is a difficult, brick and mortar industry for profit margins. We spend a considerable amount of capital on information technology upgrades but most of the money goes into the sexy projects that incorporate something new, like Facebook or some other holy grail that is going to change the industry. And most of that money is being spent for use at the corporate level. But walk into many hotels and you will find that that managers are not on updated operating systems and are using revenue management technology from the 1990s.

HOTELS: During the conference panel discussion, when you said that revenue managers are using data incorrectly, what did you mean?

Cross: RevPAR index data was never intended to be aggregated and used as a financial compensation tool. It was never intended to be used in performance tests by owners to determine if hotels were being well managed by management companies. How the data is being used today compared to the way it was intended to be used, 20-some years ago, is pretty far apart. Here again, like the rate parity issue, we have no one to blame but ourselves.

HOTELS: Also during your panel discussion at the conference you said "in some ways we are chasing false gods" when occupancy is at 70% to 75% but profits are not increasing. What did you mean?

Cross: It was a direct reference to achieving a RevPAR index growth goal to achieve a financial bonus, by opening up opaque channels at near breakeven rates. We do not do that at Hyatt but there is a generation of revenue directors out there now who have never run a hotel without Priceline.com. When your incentive compensation is tied to an index number that you cannot take to the bank, it can invite some bad behavior.



Articles - 08_’12: US hotel deal flow shows slowdown

14 August 2012 8:50 AM
By Shawn A. Turner
Finance Editor
Shawn@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Nearly $6 billion in hotel transactions occurred during the first half of 2012, less than half of what was done during the same period a year ago.
  • “My view is it’s a little challenging if you’re trying to be a high leverage borrower,” said Watermark Capital’s Michael Medzigian.
  • Only 16% of deals were done by REITs during the first half, compared to 35% a year ago.

 

The Hilton Garden Inn New Orleans French Quarter/CBD was acquired by a joint venture of Carey Watermark Investors and HRI Lodging for $22.8 million.

 

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—When Brian Stage was named president of Wedge Hotels Corporation in January 2010, his mission was clear: Find opportunities to grow Wedge’s portfolio.

Two and a half years later, Wedge made its first acquisition under Stage’s leadership. The company acquired for an undisclosed sum four Hilton-branded hotels in secondary U.S. markets.

Wedge, now with eight hotels in its portfolio, has been careful to ensure it is chasing the right targets and that the economics on any potential deal work. “It’s a long road, and it should be,” said Stage, formerly the president of Carlson’s Radisson brand. He added that the company sees good value looking in secondary and tertiary markets partly because those locations were not hit as hard during the downturn.

 

Brian Stage
Wedge Hotels Corporation

While Stage and other sources interviewed for this report said they’re seeing opportunities to acquire hotels, transactions data reveals a less active deals picture. According to numbers released by STR Analytics’ Hotel Transaction Almanac Midyear 2012 Update, there was nearly $6 billion in hotel transactions through June. That’s less than half the $13.1 billion in volume seen during the comparable period in 2011.

 

Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels, which tracks deals of $5 million and higher, saw deal volume of approximately $5.7 billion through the first half of 2012, down 30.5% from $8.2 billion through the same period a year ago. JLLH does not include recapitalizations, foreclosures or the recently announced $1.9-billion acquisition of the Motel 6 brand by Blackstone Group in its analysis.

“Investors are very enthusiastic about hotels as an investment class,” said Gilda Perez-Alvarado, senior VP at JLLH.

Financing challenges
An overall lack of transaction financing has been a stumbling block for deals in the past, though the debt market is loosening, sources reported.

“Debt is definitely available; it’s more so available than last year,” Perez-Alvarado said. She added that qualities lenders are looking for in a deal include strong in-place cash flow for the asset in question and strong sponsorship.

 

Michael Medzigian
Watermark Capital Partners

Since beginning operations as a non-listed real-estate investment trust in March 2011, Carey Watermark Investors closed on six hotel transactions, said Michael Medzigian, chairman and managing partner of Watermark Capital Partners and president and CEO of Carey Watermark Investors. In June, Carey Watermark announced the $22.8-million joint-ventured acquisition of the 155-room Hilton Garden Inn New Orleans French Quarter/CBD.

 

The company’s investment criteria include urban select-service properties with some degree of barrier to entry and hotels with solid cash flow. “We like the hotel investment environment,” he said.

Typically, Carey Watermark looks for debt in the 50% to 55% loan-to-cost range, Medzigian said.

“We’re seeing good availability of the kind of debt we’re borrowing,” he said. “My view is it’s a little challenging if you’re trying to be a high leverage borrower.”


REIT buying stalls
STR Analytics’ analysis showed that REITs, at one time aggressive buyers of hotel assets, are continuing to back off. Just 16% of hotel transactions were done by REITs during the first half of 2012. By comparison, 35% of deals during the first half of 2011 were done by REITs.

Pebblebrook Hotel Trust, for one, acquired three hotels through July: the Hotel Milano in San Francisco, the Hotel Vintage Park Seattle and the Hotel Vintage Plaza Portland in Oregon.

During the same period a year ago, Pebblebrook bought six hotels and also entered into a $910-million joint venture with Denihan Hospitality Group to acquire six Manhattan hotels.

During the company’s second-quarter conference call with analysts, Pebblebrook’s Chairman, President and CEO Jon Bortz appeared confident deals were a possibility for the second half of the year. The REIT owns 23 hotels (17 wholly owned) comprising 4,162 rooms.

“I think what we can say is that the activity level in the second half for the industry and hopefully for us will be significantly higher than it was in the first half,” Bortz said. “We've seen a very positive momentum in the number and quality of assets in the major gateway markets that we have an interest in, and we believe that (we) will continue to get at least our share in both on-market and off-market transactions.”

Plenty of opportunities
While transaction volume isn’t as robust overall as it has been in the past, sources said they are still seeing opportunities aplenty.

“I think the second half of the year is looking pretty interesting,” Perez-Alvarado said. Private-equity firms will be big players on the U.S. transactions scene and REITs are likely to be busier during the second half of the year, she added.

JLLH expects hotel transaction volume in 2012 will at least match 2011 with an estimated $15 billion in deals.

Medzigian said Carey Watermark has a strong deal pipeline from which to work. “Things are getting more active now,” he said. “I don’t think it’s a decline, but I don’t think you’ll see transaction volume double.”

Stage shared a similar sentiment: “My perception is it’s not necessarily slower,” he said. “I actually think things are continuing to bubble along.”



Articles - 08_’12: Guide to 2013 Digital Marketing Budget Planning

How will you plan for your 2013 marketing budget? Will it include the process listed below? Is your electronic marketing budget the dominant category in your total expenditure? What about the mobile and tablet devise segment – are you catering for it? Or plan to in 2013? 

The Smart Hotelier’s Guide to 2013 Digital Marketing Budget Planning – By Max Starkov & Mariana Mechoso Safer

 

2012-07-31

 

Having just passed the mid-year mark, now is a good time to reflect on how events in 2012 have made a significant impact on hoteliers and how they should plan their digital marketing budgets for next year. The emergence of SoLoMo (the convergence of social, local and mobile); tablets as a distinct marketing and distribution category; new social media platforms such as Google+ and Pinterest; and ongoing Google algorithm updates that have made many hotel websites obsolete are just some of the topics that have made headlines so far this year.

 

This is also the perfect time to review your business goals and objectives. What did you achieve in 2012 that you would like to continue and even improve upon next year? What business goals did you not achieve? Were you often distracted by the ‘next big thing’ and, as a result, did you lose sight of hotel digital marketing fundamentals such as keeping your property’s SEO strategy up to date?

 

This article provides guidance on how to structure your budget in 2013. Next year’s digital marketing budget should focus on driving direct online bookings and achieving serious ROIs via structuring your initiatives in three main categories: “Core” Digital Marketing Initiatives; “Business-Need” Digital Marketing Initiatives; and Capital Investments, Strategy and Operations, including website re-designs and enhancements, day-to-day website operations, campaign management and professional development.

 

This Year’s Good News and Not So Good News

 

To start with the good news, travel demand is up. This year the hospitality industry has been enjoying a period of growth in all three key performance metrics. In Q2, 2012, the U.S. hotel industry’s occupancy increased 3.1 percent to 65.1 percent, average daily rate rose 4.7 percent to US$106.41 and revenue per available room was up 7.9 percent to US$69.32 (STR). Industry experts anticipate a continuation of these trends in the second half of 2012, though probably at a somewhat slower pace.

 

So what’s the bad news?

 

At a time when online travel demand is growing and hoteliers should have more control than ever over their online channel distribution strategies, and be capable of extracting maximum online revenues from local, state and regional opportunities, we are seeing the opposite.

 

Independent hotels are overly OTA-dependent.

 

Independent hotels have traditionally been easy prey for the OTAs due to lack of focus in and understanding of the economics and cost-effectiveness of the direct online channel, as well as ignorance of basic online distribution rules such as rate parity, and weak negotiating power with the OTAs. Last year, for example, more than 76 percent of online bookings for non-branded hotels came from the OTAs and just 24 percent came from the hotels’ own websites (STR, HSMAI Foundation).

 

This isn’t to say hoteliers are not in a position to put up a fight. Rising travel demand means that OTAs’ merchant commissions are already shrinking due to push back from major hotel brands and the industry as a whole. Hoteliers have realized that flash sales sites and last-minute discounters are bad for business and lead to severe price and brand erosion and loss in business in other channels. Contracts with the OTAs are up for renewal this year and the major hotel brands should be pushing for commissions below 15 percent. Independent hoteliers should not pay merchant commissions above 20 percent. Will hoteliers finally put a stop to this extraordinary leak in revenues to the OTAs and third parties?

 

Independent hoteliers must budget for a major expansion in their direct online channel efforts through the rest of 2012 and in 2013 if they want to decrease their over-dependence on the OTAs and the bottom-line killing flash sales sites such as Groupon, Living Social, etc., and last-minute discounters such as HotelTonight.com.

 

Branded hotels are overly brand-dependent.

 

Major hotel brands are doing a good job of brand building and online marketing at global and national levels, but simply do not have the bandwidth to cover regional, state and local markets. Branded and franchised hotels that are over-reliant on their brands’ online marketing efforts are missing out on serious incremental online revenues from local, state and regional initiatives. For example, HeBS Digital has a number of very pro-active franchised hotel clients, which consistently enjoy higher revenues from their vanity websites than from Brand.com.

 

Hoteliers – branded or independent – must focus on the direct online channel. This means employing best practices in the online distribution channel and increasing direct online revenues via hotel website re-designs and enhancements; allocating funds to SEO, SEM, re-targeting, mobile marketing, etc.; and utilizing the OTAs only as part of a balanced distribution strategy.

 

Continuing reliance on tired and obsolete advertising formats.

 

Another important concern is that many hoteliers continue to rely on offline advertising media, especially print media. Last year advertisers in the U.S. over-spent by more than $20 billion in print-media advertising while under-spending by more than $20 billion in Internet and mobile media.

 

2013 Digital Marketing Budget Planning Spend vs Time Spent[/caption]

 

Inertia from the past and lack of understanding that the travel consumers have migrated to the online, social and mobile channels are the main reasons for some hoteliers to continue to rely on offline advertising formats. Recently Starwood announced that the brand would be spending 75% of its marketing dollars in the digital space.

 

How Are Your Peers Allocating Their Budgets?

 

In the HeBS Digital’s Sixth Annual Benchmark Survey on Hotel Digital Marketing Budget Planning and Best Practices, nearly one-third of respondents planned to spend as much as 49 percent of their advertising and marketing budgets on digital marketing initiatives (including website design and optimization). For the third year in a row, ‘economic constraints’ continue to negatively affect digital marketing budgets more than any other reason (e.g. last year’s budget, what peers are doing, property renovations and non-marketing constraints).

 

The Benchmark Survey shows that hoteliers are going back to the basics and putting budget dollars into core initiatives that produce the best results and the highest ROIs. Here are the top five initiatives your peers consider of highest priority, based on how hoteliers answered to the question “Of your total Internet marketing budget, where did you spend your money?”

 

33.0% Website re-design/design

 

27.2% SEO

 

26.0% SEM (paid search)

 

24.3% Email Marketing

 

15.7% Display Advertising (banners)

 

Naturally, “fixing” the hotel website remains of paramount importance to hoteliers. Anything you do online today – from social media to banner advertising to email marketing – leads back to the hotel website. The results in favor of SEO and SEM show that hoteliers are paying attention to the importance of search engines for revenue generation, and how changes in the search engine algorithms affect their SEO strategies, and therefore we see an increase in budgets dedicated to SEO and Local Search.

 

What about all of the “hot” initiatives like social media and mobile? Hoteliers are ranking those in the top 10 initiatives they have spent their marketing dollars on, immediately after the five “core” initiatives mentioned above:

 

15.6% Mobile Marketing

 

14.0% Local Search/Linking

 

13.4% Social Media

 

12.3% Retargeting/Remarketing Advertising

 

12.0% Online Video

 

The Benchmark Survey results are supported by the overall growth in digital marketing spending by U.S. advertisers as a whole. According to a recent study published by eMarketer, US online spending will grow 23.3% in 2012 to reach $39.5 billion by the end of the year. The greatest increases in ad spending are for social media, email, and search marketing. Mobile is also seeing an increase in spend. Spending on traditional direct marketing such as direct mail, TV and radio will remain flat (eMarketer).

 

Building Your 2013 Digital Marketing Plan & Budget: Three Main Criteria

 

What line items should you include in your 2013 hotel digital marketing budget in order to drive as many revenues as possible through the direct online channel?

 

Your 2013 budget should take a three-silo approach and include:

 

1. The Core Digital Marketing Campaigns: This portion of the budget should include tried and true initiatives that have been proven to drive high ROIs. Whether they are monthly or year-round initiatives, such as SEM on Google and Bing/Yahoo, the “Show Prices” CPC program on TripAdvisor, or ad hoc initiatives such as a tablet website, these items must be included in your 2013 budget.

 

2. Business-Need Driven Marketing Campaigns: This part of the budget should be based on concrete business needs for the property, not advertising driven. Taking into account factors such as seasonality, area events that tend to bring business to your hotel, or customer segment need areas (such as meeting or group planning, family travel or weddings), you can never be 100% prepared in advance for what your business needs will be. In Q1 2013, will you need more weekend bookings? Once summer arrives, will family travelers be a target segment? Once you are able to determine your business needs, only then should you launch a multi-channel marketing campaign to achieve your goals for that quarter.

 

Also important to note – with the rapid changes in our industry, one cannot always prepare for the new initiatives that may need to be placed into the budget at any moment.

 

3. Capital Investments, Consulting & Operations: The line items in this part of the budget include those that are necessary to keep your website “healthy,” such as website re-designs, enhancements and technology upgrades as well as initiatives that don’t produce direct revenue yet are essential to the success of your property, such as consulting, analytics and hosting. Scrimping on these initiatives can jeopardize the performance of all other budget line items.

 

The Core Digital Marketing Campaigns & Initiatives

 

Search Engine Marketing (SEM):

 

Recommended share of the 2013 hotel digital marketing budget: 25%-30%.

 

There are certain digital marketing initiatives which are proven winners, no matter what the state of the industry is or what the latest trends are. An example of one of these fundamentals is SEM. The search engines still rule distribution and are still the key driver of direct online hotel distribution. This includes mobile SEM, which must link to special mobile landing pages on your mobile website.

 

With the search engines maintaining such an important role in the direct online channel, search engine marketing (SEM) continues to be the most efficient means of delivering a targeted marketing message via the online channel, in terms of both traffic generation and revenue production. By following industry best practices and optimizing your campaigns on a consistent basis, you can ensure that your SEM campaigns continue to drive high ROIs.

 

Search Engine Optimization (SEO): 8%-10%

 

The recent Google Panda updates (Panda 3.9 just launched) have raised the bar for hotel websites, demanding not only deep and relevant content on the hotel website but also unique and engaging copy. The Google Venice update had a heavy impact on the localization of search. In summary, it means that Google will try its ‘best’ to serve you localized results based on your location, whether or not your search query is geo-targeted (i.e. you could type in ‘hotel’ and Google bases search results off of your location).

 

Hoteliers are also challenged to keep their hotel website consistently updated with fresh content as this significantly affects SEO. This means that budget dollars need to be allocated to keeping the website current or investing in a tool such as the HeBS Digital CMS Premium which allows hoteliers to add and edit both textual and visual content on a 24/7 basis, publish/un-publish new special offers, create packages and promotions, control the featured special promo tile on the home page, manage the photo selection on the website, and automatically push new specials and promotions to the hotel social media profiles and mobile website.

 

Case Study: Search Engine Revenues

 

In spite of all the new and trendy digital marketing initiatives and formats that overwhelm hoteliers nowadays, the good old search engines generated the most revenues for HeBS Digital’s client portfolio consisting of thousands of hotel properties.

 

Here is the search engine (Google, Bing and Yahoo) year-to-date contribution as percentage from the total website revenues, as of July 2012:

 

·         SEO revenues: 32.7%

 

·         SEM revenues: 22.9%

 

A robust content strategy, supported by adequate technology and marketing funds, can make all the difference and allow the hotel to maximize its revenues from the search engines.

 

“Show Prices” CPC Program on TripAdvisor: 5%-10%

 

Take advantage of the ability to dramatically increase your visibility on TripAdvisor, the largest travel website in the world. Adding a property listing in the “Show Prices” functionality on the hotel pages on TripAdvisor serves a dual role: on one hand it brings highly qualified online travel consumers directly to the property’s booking engine, and on the other hand this listing levels the playing field with the OTAs and provides a direct booking option to the site's users.

 

SoLoMo: 3%-4%

 

Bring SoLoMo (social, local and mobile) initiatives to the forefront of your hotel’s targeted digital marketing strategy. The convergence of these three content and marketing platforms allows the hotel to deliver more personalized, relevant content to existing guests and customers in real time like never before.

 

Local search generates 3-5 percent of total website revenues across HeBS Digital’s client portfolio. Consumers perform more than 3 billion local searches every month (Google). Google, Bing and Yahoo have placed much more emphasis on their local search business profiles, meaning that hoteliers have had to pay much more attention to the ongoing management and enhancement of these profiles or their websites would plummet in the search engine rankings. Continuously optimizing these profiles as well as enhancing your property’s listing on the main data providers is vital to your hotel’s SEO strategy and must take precedent next year in your budget.

 

Local content is also the foundation of mobile content for the search engines, making it extremely important to any hotelier’s mobile website and SEO strategy.

 

Mobile Website and Mobile Marketing: 7%-8%

 

The mobile channel has already become a real travel planning and hotel distribution channel, especially for drive-in and last-minute travel markets. The U.S. hospitality industry is experiencing staggering growth rates in leisure and unmanaged business travel bookings via the mobile channel:

 

2010: $99 million

 

2011: $753 million

 

2012: $1,368 million

 

2013: $2,155 million (PhoCusWright)

 

HeBS Digital’s own data shows that having a hotel mobile website generates incremental revenue through mobile and voice reservations which, without a well-optimized property mobile site with rich content, would have easily gone to the competition or the OTAs.

 

The question of whether a hotel or a travel supplier needs a mobile website has already been categorically answered: Mobile sites generate serious incremental bookings. The mobile web adheres to different rules than the conventional desktop Internet. Mobile users have even shorter attention spans and less time to browse than traditional desktop users. The mobile web features a number of limiting factors such as slower speeds, yet-to-be-perfected mobile browsers, smaller displays, multi-step booking and more.

 

The biggest mistake hoteliers make is not having a mobile site at all. Accessing a “conventional” website via a mobile device, even the iPhone (320 x 480 pixels), often results in an undesirable user experience (the inability to find information needed) and a predictable outcome (abandoned website visits and reservations). Today’s hyperactive travel consumers rely on mobile sites that download quickly, provide short and concise textual content, minimalistic visual content and easy-to-use booking engines.

 

Content quality is the biggest “must-have” for a mobile site. The Google Panda algorithm updates favor mobile websites with rich visual and textual content that is fresh, engaging and optimized for the search engines.

 

Having a hotel mobile website – even if developed according to industry’s best practices – is only the beginning. Just like with the mobile website, the mobile Web abides by different rules that require mobile Web-specific marketing initiatives.

 

Here are the top mobile marketing initiatives hoteliers should focus on in 2013 and beyond: mobile SEO, mobile SEM (paid search), mobile link building to the mobile site from mobile directories and sites, and local content optimization. Mobile search engines favor and predominantly serve local content; therefore, hoteliers need to optimize their local content and listings on the search engines, main data providers, and local business directories.

 

Tablet Website Enhancement: 3%-5%

 

More and more consumers are using tablets to plan and purchase travel, and hoteliers must deliver a customized, user-friendly experience on these devices. One in five Americans will use a tablet by the end of 2012 – and of this growing population, more than half reported shopping on their tablets once a week and 12 percent shopped daily (eMarketer).

 

Search engines and many major media sites consider tablets as a separate, distinct device category, characterized with its own unique user behavior and best practices for user experience and content delivery. According to Google’s company data, 7 percent of all searches already come from tablets versus 14 percent from mobile devices and 79 percent via desktops (Q1, 2012).

 

Put it in your budget to either enhance your desktop website for the touch-screen tablet environment or build a tablet-only version of the property’s website, in addition to the desktop and mobile sites, all managed via a single digital content depository-enabled CMS.

 

Email Marketing: 2%-3%

 

The grand-daddy of all digital marketing formats, email marketing generates 3-5 percent of total website revenues across HeBS Digital’s client portfolio. Email marketing is still an essential component of the hotelier’s direct online channel strategy, and an easy and affordable way to send messages to your key customer segments. Email marketing campaigns still generate significant ROIs for hoteliers, making this initiative a crucial line item in almost every hotelier’s budget.

 

Smarten up your email marketing strategy by introducing reservation recovery email initiative, and increase your opt-in list by implementing a modal acquisition capability on the website.

 

Remarketing & Retargeting: 5%-10%

 

Online media campaigns that are not business-needs driven (more on this below) should be launched using the latest targeting capabilities, including retargeting, also known as remarketing. The Google Display Network offers the ideal symbiosis between re-targeting text ads and banner ads to target online travel consumers already familiar with your property and brand.

 

With these campaigns, you may target users after they leave your website. Messages are customized based on which part of the site users visited, and whether or not they made a booking. Retargeting campaigns aid in increasing brand awareness and loyalty, and move users through the purchase conversion funnel.

 

A recent survey by Econsultancy and Responsys showed that 70 percent of companies believe that integrating search and display had the most positive impact on their display advertising.

 

Online Video: 3%-4%

 

Short videos of your hotel and its amenities (best practices require not a single 30-minute video, but shorter 30- to 60- second videos illustrating different aspects of the hotel product: weddings, spa, entertainment, etc.) certainly influence travel bookings. It is now more affordable than ever to produce and showcase a video on your website. There are high-quality vendors available that will come to your property, provide a script, film videos, edit and provide to you in a usable format for your site.

 

Reputation Management: 2%-3%

 

In 2013, there must be room in the budget for managing the property’s online reputation and presence in leading social media and review sites. Over the last few years, online customer reviews and social media have reached an unprecedented level of awareness within the hotel industry. With Google+ Local now utilizing Zagat reviews, and Bing now incorporating Yelp reviews, you are taking quite a big risk if you are not monitoring and responding to reviews.

 

Consider a solution such as Revinate or ReviewPro to help you manage the overwhelming amount of reviews and social media mentions you may not want to manage manually. HeBS Digital also helps clients utilize these tools effectively by providing analysis, customer intelligence, competitive benchmarking and automated reporting.

 

Business-Needs Driven Digital Marketing Campaigns & Initiatives

 

Recommended share of the 2013 hotel digital marketing budget: 15%-25%

 

Business-need campaigns help the property tackle business and occupancy needs that arise because of seasonality or group cancelations, weekend vs. weekday occupancy issues, as well as needs related to any key customer segment: meeting planners, wedding planners, leisure travel, corporate travelers, etc.

 

Multi-channel marketing campaigns are the most effective way to address such a business need, increase reach, and boost bookings & revenue for a need period. In order to effectively build traction across multiple channels, hoteliers must first identify what the business need is and then determine an online marketing goal.

 

Different media channels will help you achieve different goals. The question is – what are your property’s goals? Once you determine your goals it’s important to brainstorm a multi-channel campaign that utilizes the right online channels effectively and, most importantly, promotes one cohesive campaign message across these channels.

 

When strategizing a business-need campaign, take into consideration how the fundamentals can play a role in achieving success. For instance, should you launch an SEM campaign to promote this initiative? Would adding a section to the website build awareness and increase the SEO visibility of this campaign? Once you’ve determined the fundamentals, you can begin exploring what media channels are right for your goals and begin building your marketing plan.

 

A ‘Business-Needs’ campaign should be launched at least once per quarter. Here is an example of what a ‘Business-Needs Driven’ campaign might look like:

 

Business Issue:

 

Property X needs to drive leisure bookings for the upcoming month – they just realized they are only at 60 percent occupancy!

 

Campaign Solution:

 

·         Search Engine Marketing (SEM): Create a campaign with a limited time offer, package or special and drive consumers directly to the property website. Include the rate and package details in the ad copy and consider geo-targeting to drive-in markets (it may be too late to capture a fly-in market).

 

·         Search Engine Optimization (SEO): Add several search engine optimized landing pages to your site with the details of the promotion, as well as targeting the audiences most likely to convert: weekend travelers, senior citizens, family travelers, special occasions, museum goers, etc. This will increase the overall conversion rate of the campaign since all other line items in this campaign’s budget will drive to these particular content pages.

 

·         Online Media: Launch online media campaigns with the limited-time offer. Online media is a key touch point to increase the reach of your marketing campaigns, target key customer segments, and increase the effectiveness of other online marketing initiatives. Advertising on the Google Display Network allows you to target and refine your audience to show ads to the most relevant users. With display advertising you can reach key demographics based on interest, keywords, and other metrics.

 

·         Email Marketing: Send an email newsletter to your opt-in list which is short, to the point and includes only the details of your limited time promotion.

 

·         Travel Consumer Deal Alerts: send an online press announcement promoting the limited time offer. Travel writers and bloggers are “feasting” on pro-active travel information like this one.

 

·         Mobile Marketing: For the right campaign, mobile marketing can effectively build traction when targeting local feeder markets, up-selling onsite accommodations such as a spa and restaurant, and increasing last-minute bookings. Launch an SMS text campaign to your mobile opt-in list with the last-minute offer. Keep in mind the immediate, hyper-local nature of mobile that allows us to reach our customers anywhere, anytime – making this an ideal way to quickly reach potential guests with your campaign.

 

·         Social Media: Social media is an excellent channel to virally and quickly promote your campaign, increase awareness, and engage your target customer segments. It is also a powerful tool in generating buzz, capturing customer information, driving website traffic, and ultimately helping to increase any campaign’s revenue. A Facebook sweepstakes, for example, will not only help promote your campaign, it will also increase your fan base and build your email and mobile opt-in list for future promotions.

 

·         Interactive Initiatives: Initiatives such as contests and sweepstakes will generate buzz for any campaign. This type of initiative will also increase traffic to the site, encourage repeat visits, increase time spent on the hotel website, and ultimately increase bookings overall.

 

It is important to remember that by leaving room in the budget for these ‘Business-Needs Driven Campaigns,’ you are allowing for flexibility in your budget to actually launch initiatives that will drive ROI when your property needs it the most. Most of these initiatives will serve a dual purpose: they will quickly stimulate bookings and at the same time increase overall awareness of your property – ultimately resulting in results beyond the life of the campaign.

 

Capital Investments, Consulting & Operations

 

The Hotel Website:

 

Recommended share of the 2013 hotel digital marketing budget: 15%-25%

 

The explosion of the mobile and social media channels and the emergence of the new tablet channel presented a major challenge to hotel marketers: Creating and managing digital content throughout three distinct distribution and marketing channels, as well as publishing the hotel’s latest special offers and promotions on the hotel’s social media profiles.

 

Today's hotel website needs fresh content, rich media and current promotions. The hotel's special offers, promotions and packages need to be marketed across all channels, from the desktop website to the mobile site and social media. The hotel’s rich media assets (hi-res photos, PDFs, graphics, videos, etc.) need to be pushed to all marketing and distribution channels, including the hotel website, social media, OTAs, GDS, etc.

 

It is not just about having any hotel website. Most hoteliers who should have a website already have one. The question is, what kind of a website do you need today? Today the hotel website MUST:

 

·         Accommodate new travel purchasing behavior by the increasingly hyper-interactive travel consumers

 

·         Employ the latest website and digital marketing technology

 

·         Handle stringent new demands imposed by the search engines (e.g. Google Panda Update)

 

·         Generate maximum revenues from the direct online channel

 

·         Act as the hub of the hotel’s multi-channel digital marketing efforts

 

Many hoteliers are mistakenly led to believe that not investing in the property’s website re-design or optimization is actually saving money. Wrong! Not investing in your website is losing money and severely damaging the hotel’s bottom line.

 

Your old and tired 1-2 year old property website cannot possibly meet the new requirements and most likely has dropped off the map, i.e. experienced deteriorating search rankings.

 

Case Study: Need for Website Content & Digital Marketing Asset Management System

 

There is a growing need for centralized website content and digital marketing asset management technology as hotel marketers are challenged to create and manage content; store and distribute the hotel digital marketing assets; and circulate special offers and packages, events and happenings, all through several distinct channels:

 

·         own “desktop” website

 

·         mobile website

 

·         tablet website

 

·         social media profiles on Facebook, Twitter, Google+

 

·         hi-res photos to the OTAs and GDSs (optional)

 

Obviously, hoteliers need more than just a simple website content management system (CMS) capable of adding and editing textual and visual content. HeBS Digital’s proprietary CMS Premium offers all of the above capabilities and acts as a centralized web content and digital marketing asset management system and was specifically developed to accommodate the Google Panda and “Freshness” updates by allowing hotel marketers to maintain fresh content on the hotel website.

 

Consulting: 8%-10%

 

The HeBS Digital’s Sixth Annual Benchmark Survey showed that there was also an increase in budget dollars (19.9%) going toward the services of an outside Internet marketing agency, showing that hoteliers recognize the speed at which our industry progresses and the need to work with dedicated, experienced professionals in this area to stay on top of trends and achieve high ROIs.

 

Work with a full-service hotel digital marketing firm that will actively help you create and manage a budget that makes the most sense for your property. This firm should also teach you the latest trends and best practices so you can achieve high ROIs and incremental revenue growth.

 

Website Operations: 2%-3%

 

A small yet necessary budget for website hosting and maintenance needs to be included in the budget. Website maintenance may not always be planned. For instance, this year’s Americans with Disabilities Act update meant that every hotel website needed to be updated to include their ADA amenities and services, including a landing page describing ADA-friendly accommodations. You may also avoid the need to pay for website updates by investing in a CMS solution that not only allows for total control over the hotel website, but also functions as a centralized digital marketing asset depository and dashboard to store, manage and distribute all of the hotel’s digital marketing assets.

 

Analytics & Campaign Tracking: 2%-3%

 

There is no such thing as a free lunch. A leading analytics tool such as Adobe’s Digital Marketing Suite powered by Omniture allows hoteliers to effectively measure the results of their digital marketing efforts. This in turn allows for the necessary and quick shifts in marketing funds from less effective marketing campaigns to campaigns with higher ROIs.

 

In summary, here is a quick snapshot of how you should allocate your 2013 digital marketing budget:

 

Budget Line Item

% of Budget to Allocate

Core Initiatives

 

SEM

25%-30%

SEO

8%-10%

“Show Prices” CPC Program on TripAdvisor

5%-10%

SoLoMo

3%-5%

Mobile Website & Marketing

5%-8%

Tablet Website

2%-3%

Email Marketing

2%-4%

Online Video

2%-4%

Remarketing & Retargeting

4%-8%

Reputation Management

2%-3%

   

Business-Needs Driven Campaigns

 

Multi-Channel Initiatives to Tackle Concrete Business Needs

15%-25%

   

Capital Investments, Consulting & Operations

 

Website Re-Design+ CMS Technology Upgrade

15-25%

Consulting & Campaign Management

8%-10%

Web Analytics & Campaign Tracking

2%-3%

Website Operations

2%-3%

 

Conclusion

 

In 2013, the hotel’s digital marketing budget should be separated into three silos. The core of the budget should focus on the fundamentals of hotel digital marketing that drive serious ROIs; there should be a budget allotted for specific business needs and unforeseen challenges; and a portion needs to be set aside for capital projects such as website re-design and enhancements, consulting and campaign management, and day-to-day website operations and professional development.

 

Keep in mind that while the industry is enjoying growth in all three key performance indicators, the economy still remains a factor when planning the 2013 budget. That means that the digital marketing budget must remain somewhat flexible (depending on business needs and campaign results) and that every dollar must be spent wisely, taking the dynamics of the marketplace and the industry’s latest best practices into account.

 

Partner with a digital marketing firm that tackles its clients’ challenges and celebrates successes as if they were their own. A firm that works extra hard to deliver ROI on every dollar, focuses on initiatives that drive ROI, and helps hoteliers transform their Internet presence into their hotel's most effective distribution channel.

 

About the Authors and HeBS Digital

 

Max Starkov is President & CEO and Mariana Mechoso Safer is Vice President, Marketing of HeBS Digital, the hospitality industry’s leading full-service digital marketing and direct online channel strategy firm based in New York City (www.HeBSdigital.com). Margaret Mastrogiacomo, Senior Manager, Interactive Media & Creative Strategy at HeBS Digital, also contributed to this article.

 

HeBS Digital has pioneered many of the best practices in hotel Internet marketing, social and mobile marketing, and direct online channel distribution. The firm has won over 200 prestigious industry awards for its digital marketing and website design services, including numerous Adrian Awards, Davey Awards, W3 Awards, WebAwards, Magellan Awards, Summit International Awards, Interactive Media Awards, IAC Awards, etc.

 

A diverse client portfolio of top-tier major hotel brands, luxury and boutique hotel brands, resorts and casinos, hotel management companies, franchisees and independents, and CVBs are benefiting from HeBS Digital’s direct online channel strategy and digital marketing expertise. Contact HeBS Digital’s consultants at (212) 752-8186 or success@hebsdigital.com.

 

Logos, product and company names mentioned are the property of their respective owners.

 

Request Information from this organization

 

Please click the link below to request more information from the organization or company featured in this article.

Description: Request Information from HeBS Digital

 

 



Articles - 07_’12: Things are not as rosy as they seem

30 July 2012 6:51 AM
By Joel Ross
HotelNewsNow.com columnist
jross@citadelrealty.com
 


Story Highlights
  • The recent real world headlines show trouble is brewing globally.
  • Group business in 2013 will be under intense scrutiny.
  • The good news is the U.S. will be the best place to be during the next few years.

If you listen to the hotel industry pundits, you would think the world is wonderful and getting better. They predict 2013 will be even better. I might have been a bit early a few months ago predicting results in the hotel industry are disconnected from reality, but now it should be apparent to all who have their head up and are looking forward that my revenue-per-available-room prediction of 3% was just a little ahead of itself.

In January 2008, when I predicted the hotel industry would have a negative RevPAR in 2008 and much worse in 2009, many people thought I was nuts. Well here we are again. Many people thought, and still do think, my prediction early this year that RevPAR growth would slow in 2012 was way off base, but let’s look at the real world and not what the dreamy hotel pundits are saying.

Recent headlines include:

  • Iran plans to disrupt oil trade;
  • Syrians flee Damascus and Aleppo;
  • Leon Panetta says Syria is spinning out of control;
  • Susan Rice, the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, said if Syria collapses then the entire region could be pulled into war;
  • Israel stated it intends to strike back at Iran for Bulgaria;
  • the U.S. and Israel stated publicly they are preparing a military incursion into Syria to grab the chemical weapons;
  • Israel has put its military on alert to protect against an incursion from Syria or Lebanon;
  • twenty nations announced a naval exercise in the gulf in September in preparation for Iranian attacks on tankers; and
  • the leadership of the Syrian military was assassinated.

If things continue to come apart for Iran, the chance of another attempted terror attack in the U.S. rises, and an attack on Saudi Arabian and other oil facilities rises exponentially. The Pentagon has said very publicly they anticipate such an act. Iran becomes isolated when Assad falls, and they are irrational and feeling trapped—that is very dangerous for a religious-driven dictatorship.

Then we move to Europe. Spain might need a total bailout. The Europeans still can’t agree exactly how to save the Spanish banks. The Bundesbank has expressed strong disagreement with the Draghi bond-buying program. The euro continues to decline. Patty Murray, a Democrat leader and senior U.S. Senator from Washington, stated unless the Republicans do what she demands on raising taxes, she will drive the country over the fiscal cliff to get her way. (That might be one of the most irresponsible statements ever made by a Senator).

A Wall Street Journal headline said it all: “Weak Economy Heads Lower.” Gross domestic product is barely 1.5% and headed slower. Wells Fargo projects an even worse third quarter. Retail sales declined more than anyone expected. Factory orders are now declining. Business spending is declining. Jobless claims are rising again. Congress is doing nothing. President Obama is busy campaigning and not governing. Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke stated the economy is doing worse than he predicted just a short time ago. Even the White House has reduced its economic growth projection, which already is far above all other economic projections. True unemployment and underemployment went up to 14.9% in June. It is going higher. There is talk of maybe another recession from some rational economists. There is new talk of Greece not being able to stay in the euro.

The gap in group business
All of that is right out of the newspapers of just the past week. None of it is my making stuff up, nor an opinion of mine. It is the real world beyond the hotel-pundit dream world.

Many of my friends running hotels say: “But the group business remains good!”

Here is that reality from a top event planner who runs more than 700 events this year alone for her company. Late in 2011 and early in 2012, when everyone thought the world was getting better, a lot of companies booked a lot of group business for the year. They signed contracts, spent money and had big plans. Now they have looked at all these contracts and concluded they already paid the deposits and other upfront costs, and there are cancellation fees, so they might as well go ahead with what is booked.

However, planning is now just getting underway for 2013. Every single event undertaken in 2012 is being looked at in detail by the finance departments to assess its validity, who was invited and why, potential cost reductions, what events can be cut out. The finance managers, not the marketing people, are in control now.

2013 is going to be a very different year for group business, and it is not going to be up by the time next year is underway. If the international news events described above play out as the headlines predict, then cancellations will happen in a major way. Travel will decline. The pressure to reduce rates will ramp up.

While all of this happens, food costs are going to ramp up very badly because of the drought. Insurance and energy costs will go much higher than they are currently. The cash-flow squeeze will become clear.


If I’ve said it once …
Like many of my friends in the hotel industry, you can say this is all Chicken Little; things in the hotel industry are very good and getting better. That is exactly what everyone told me in January 2008 when I said things were going to get terrible.

I continue to advise: Conserve cash, cut costs now, do not expect to raise average daily rate next year, plan for much higher operating and food costs. If you are working on a financing, get it done sooner rather than later. If things in the Middle East or Europe blow up, the debt and equity markets will freeze up just as they did in 2009.

Get ahead of the wave that is coming. If you plan and act now, you will be fine. In 2008-2009 nobody was ready for what happened. You are a fool if you are caught this time. Don’t buy into the dreamy predictions of more RevPAR and value increases into next year. Don’t get fooled by the current level of group bookings. Be prepared for the tough times.

If I am wrong and all these world problems go away, you will be ahead of the game. You will not have missed an opportunity. The opportunity cost is a fraction of the potential risk cost if I am correct. There will be plenty more deals next year and in 2014. You need to make a risk adjustment to your return parameters before you do your next deal to make sure it can be worthwhile if the black swans do prevail.

The good news is the U.S. is the best place to be in the next few years. There is now a very strong banking system and loads of liquidity in the system. A lot of people outside the hotel industry are preparing for bad times and conserving cash. U.S. corporations never had so much free cash on their balance sheets and such low-cost debt. Few companies or even individuals are over extended this time. U.S. consumers are still cutting their debt. The housing market has stabilized. Capital is rushing to the U.S. from Europe, the Middle East and China. This is the safe haven.

If you prepare now and stay liquid and careful, you will be fine. Acquisition opportunities in 2013 and 2014 will be very good. By the Lodging Conference in October things will be much clearer as to what Syria and the whole of the Middle East looks like. It will be interesting to see what the dreamers are saying then. Continue to watch my one metric: the 10-year Treasury yield. When it gets very low, things are about to get very bad. It is now at a historic low.

Joel Ross is principal of Citadel Realty Advisors, successor to Ross Properties, the investment banking and real-estate financing firm he launched in 1981. A pioneer in commercial mortgage-backed securities, Ross, along with Lexington Mortgage and in conjunction with Nomura, effectively reopened Wall Street to the hotel industry. A member of Urban Land Institute, Ross conceived and co-authored with PricewaterhouseCoopers The Hotel Mortgage Performance Report. Ross is also the author of Ross Rant, a commentary on the economy, financial markets and politics that is available through his website, www.citadelrealty.com.

The opinions expressed in this column do not necessarily reflect the opinions of HotelNewsNow.com or its parent company, Smith Travel Research and its affiliated companies. Columnists published on this site are given the freedom to express views that may be controversial, but our goal is to provoke thought and constructive discussion within our reader community. Please feel free to comment or contact an editor with any questions or concerns.



Articles - 07_’12: MLIS: Lenders, borrowers finding directions

19 July 2012 9:47 AM
By Jeff Higley
Editorial Director
jeff@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Concerns include global economic uncertainty and gridlock in Washington.
  • Sixty-five percent loan-to-value debt appears to be the sweet spot for most deals.
    There’s some tre
  • pidation over the billions of dollarsof CMBS loans coming due during the next few years.

 

Neil Freeman, Aries Capital

 

CHICAGO—Neil Freeman didn’t dance around the issue during Wednesday’s closing session of the Midwest Lodging Investors Summit.

While the sentiment has been broached at numerous hotel-industry conferences throughout the past year, Freeman was as blunt as possible when asked by moderator John O’Neill of Penn State University to give one piece advice to hoteliers looking for financing.

“To not be so greedy,” the chairman and CEO of Aries Capital told the 250 attendees of the session. “If you can get a 5% interest rate, somebody wants 4.5, then it balloons to 7. Take what you can get.”

Other panelists were just as succinct:

• Michael Medzigian, chairman and managing partner of Watermark Capital Partners: “Never leverage above 65%. Sixty-five percent has been my lifelong limit. You get in trouble when you go above it.”

• Chris Diffley, managing director of RockBridge Capital LLC’s investment management group: “Position yourself for flexibility. Who knows what’s going to happen in the future.”

• Chris Williams, VP, originations-hospitality for GE Capital Americas: “Keep leverage under 70%.”

 

Reginald Heard
Bankers One Capital

• Reginald Heard, president and CEO of Bankers One Capital: “Preparation. Have identified equity in place before you go to the lender. That’s critical.”

 

Upbeat about lending
The panelists were mostly upbeat about the lending environment in the hotel industry, saying financing is available for deals that make sense.

“I have felt bullish about lodging for a good, long time,” said Medzigian, whose company has acquired three hotels during the past 45 days. “There are a lot of things happening, like 100 million Chinese travelers who weren’t traveling before and are now. And there’s low supply growth. We’re still buying assets at below replacement growth.”

However, inflation, global economic troubles and uncertainty in the U.S. political and regulatory arenas have the executives slightly nervous about while lies ahead.

Williams said his biggest worry is the crisis in Europe and to a lesser extend the slowing economy in China and India. Heard pinpointed the threat of inflation as a key issue.

Medzigian said the gridlock in Washington has no foreseeable end. “I’m not sure when or how we come out of it,” he said. “But the lodging space will outpace the economy for the near future. … We think we have a good, long cycle ahead of us.”

Freeman said there are many positives about the hotel industry as long as supply growth is held in check. “And there’s finally some green shoots in fixing the housing mess for the first time,” he said. “The bottom has been hit in many markets.”

Diffley said he is bullish on the hotel transactions market as long as nothing happens to turn U.S. economic growth negative. “I’m not sure what that is, but a lot of things keep you wondering,” he said.

Freeman said there is quality debt priced up to 70% of value on the cash flow of assets in major and secondary markets with good brands. “When you veer off good brands or cash flow, then it becomes more opportunistic,” he said.

For a detailed look at how these panelists are seeing lending deals being structured, check out the 24 July issue of the Hotel Investment Barometer, which is available to paid subscribers.


Other funding sources
The panelists discussed historic tax credits and EB-5 visa money as strategic sources of funding that have been popular during the past 18 months.

Freeman said approximately half the EB-5 money nationally is coming from China, and most of the deals are between $10 million and $50 million.

The uncertain future of commercial mortgage-backed securities loans caused some concern for the panelists. O’Neill said “only 32% of CMBS loans paid their balloons last month.”

“There’s about $1.7 trillion of commercial real-estate coming due by 2016, and depending on how you count it, about half of it is not financeable,” Medzigian said.

Watermark is a beneficiary of distressed assets. For example, it closed on a hotel three weeks ago that used a seven-year CMBS deal with 5% interest. Medzigian said most situations call for five-year or 10-year deals, but the company felt more comfortable with seven years.

“Predominantly now it’s 10 years,” Freeman said. “The underwriting is much more stringent than the underwriting that was in place in ’06 and ’07. The market feels cash flows will be there. … It’s a very good source of non-recourse financing.”

Diffley said the big question is when will special servicers put the hotel assets they have collected during the past few years on the market.

“Can you jar them loose?” he asked. “A lot of them are not refinanceable because of the valuations. Distressed assets are under capitalized, it’s not about cash flow now. The big trick is getting them out, but if you have money to reinvest in them there are a lot of good opportunities.”

No building boom in sight
Supply growth will be held in check if lenders continue to keep financing locked. Freeman said Aries has financed several construction projects.

“It’s a two-tiered market,” he said.

He said major banks will finance strong borrowers building $50-million to $100-million select-service assets in urban markets. Terms tend to be 65% loan-to-value with interest rates at 325 to 350 basis points over Libor.

“But if you’re not that project, you have to find some local bank and have lots of equity,” he said.

Williams said GE can’t accommodate construction financing. Of the companies that are doing it, they tend to limit it to one or two projects because of capacity issues.

“On the equity side, us putting equity into construction today, we’re not going to do it,” Medzigian said. “The only way we are is if there is lots of free money, city incentives, tax credits, money from the franchisor for big project.”



Articles - 07_’12: A look at conversion trends by chain scale

16 July 2012 9:18 AM
By Jan Freitag
Senior VP, Global Development, STR
jan@smithtravelresearch.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Over the last four years, the upper-upscale chain scales registered decidedly less activity than in the early 2000s.
  • Upper-midscale and midscale data is slightly skewed because of the Best Western reclassification to Best Western Plus.
  • Overall, approximately 183,000 rooms are converted in and out of a scale every year.

The continuing strong room demand through the first half of 2012 is the reason for rising occupancies and more pricing power for U.S. hoteliers. At the same time, however, the number of rooms in the under-construction pipeline is still very low, standing at approximately 60,000 as of the end of May 2012. Companies face the dilemma of needing to grow their respective stable of brands with barely any new hotels to flag. To grow in this environment, owners must be persuaded that their current brand is no longer “right” (whatever that means for the parties involved) and to change franchises, ultimately converting from one flag to another.

This article looks at the historic patterns of room conversions in and out of the STR chain scales. We are focusing on the most recent past, starting in the year 2000. This allows us to understand one full cycle, from the recessions in 2001 and 2009, and the impact on conversions. For this article, we are only discussing conversions that had both a change in flag and a change in scale. For example, we’ll look at conversions from an upscale brand to an upper-upscale brand. Obviously for a number of flag changes the scales stayed the same. In other words, the brand change was within the scale (e.g. from midscale to midscale). These intra-scale changes are not shown in the numbers for this article.

Table 1 shows the number of rooms that were brand conversions and in the process changed chain scales.

After a low point of fewer than 145,000 converted rooms in 2002, the peak conversion activity was reached in 2006 with just under 225,000 converted rooms. From that peak, the number of converted rooms decreased again in 2010 to fewer than 175,000 rooms.

The conversion numbers for 2011 are somewhat inflated and in need of some additional explanation. That year Best Western decided to create a new brand in the upper-midscale segment, Best Western Plus, and to convert some of its existing Best Western hotels to that brand, increasing the number of properties converted from midscale to upper-midscale. As of May 2012, some 66,000 rooms were flagged as Best Western Plus, with most of the activity taking place during the year 2011. Subtracting the Best Western Plus conversion activity of 66,000 rooms from the total of 234,000 rooms yields a number around 170,000 converted rooms—a number very much in line with the declining conversion trend since 2006. Arguably this specific brand-building exercise was a one-time event, which did not reflect changes in ownership but simply a corporate realignment.

Over time, the total number of rooms has increased in the U.S. as has the conversion activity as shown by the following table:

The following section outlines the conversation activity by scale, examining the number of rooms converted and highlighting noteworthy trends.

Luxury hotels
Luxury hotels, because of their fewer numbers and their capital requirements, have registered the smallest numbers of conversions each year. On average, 2,400 rooms convert in and 1,400 rooms convert out of the scale. But actual results diverge widely from this average; in the last four years, more than 1,600 rooms were converted out of the scale, culminating in 2011 with almost 3,000 rooms. It is certainly possible that financial problems of luxury hotel owners during the downturn led to a lack of spending for furniture, fixtures and equipment, which then, as ownership changed, led to a deflagging. It also is noteworthy that in only three years of this series, more rooms flowed out of the scale than into the scale.

Upper-upscale hotels
Over the past four years, the upper-upscale chain scales registered decidedly less activity than in the early 2000s. In 2010 and 2011, fewer than 10,000 rooms were converted into the scale, and since 2008, fewer than 10,000 rooms were converted out of the scale. Interestingly, leading up to the height of the boom in 2005 and 2006, the chain scale saw a massive outflow of rooms, with more than 20,000 in each year. The lack of activity in this segment could speak to the need of an upper-upscale hotel owner to maintain the reservation system and loyalty program of the brand to fill these oft-large hotels. Therefore, owners are probably trying to remain in this scale, if not with the same flag, at almost any cost.

Upscale hotels
In the upscale chain scale, the trend of conversions in and out the scale has been remarkably similar. On average, 15,000 rooms enter and 15,000 rooms leave the system each year. The highest activity was recorded in the year 2007, the peak year for the industry, pointing at a continued desire for brands to strike while the iron is hot and increase their room counts while the performance metrics for these hotels were very favorable.

Upper-midscale hotels
As mentioned above, the upper-midscale chain segment has seen an enormous influx of rooms in 2011. This influx ran counter to the prevailing trend over the observed time period where in every year (but the last one) more rooms exited than entered the scale. On average, 32,000 rooms left the scale and only 24,000 were newly flagged. In the years 2006, 2008 and 2010, more than 40,000 rooms left brands associated with this scale. To exclude the Best Western Plus conversion activity and get a better sense of actual influx, we can subtract those 66,000 rooms from the 76,000 total converted rooms. This yields a very small net inflow of 10,000 rooms into the category.

Midscale hotels
The midscale category conversion number in the last year is almost exactly the reverse as the upper-midscale data, as Best Western hotels changed scale. Some 88,000 hotels changed out of the scale while only 32,000 rooms converted in. On average, this scale saw a net rooms outflow over 11 years. Also, on average 40,000 rooms were converted out and only 28,000 were converted in. However, it is remarkable that during the period between 2005, 2006 and 2008, the net outflow was fewer than 4,000 rooms as conversions in and out were almost in balance.

Economy hotels
In the economy scale, we observed by far the largest average room count conversions into a scale (outside of independents), approximately 39,000 rooms. However, since almost 38,000 rooms changed flags and converted out of the scale, the overall average net gain was minimal. Only in the three years from 2001 to 2003 did the economy scale actually lose rooms from conversions. In all other years, the net gain ranged from 200 rooms in 2010 to almost 9,000 rooms in 2007.

Independent hotels
Since the independent chain scale characterizes all non-chain affiliated hotels, it is the largest scale with roughly 1/3 of the total U.S. room supply. Not surprisingly, the conversion activity in and out of the scale also is the largest with, on average, approximately 62,000 rooms converting in and some 46,000 rooms converting out. In each one of the years since 2000, with the exception of the year 2009, more rooms converted in than out. Conversions into the scale peaked in 2005, with approximately 75,000 rooms, and after the recession in 2010 with around 70,000 rooms. This most recent activity is probably a sign of hotels losing their flags because of financial troubles in their respective ownership groups. In 2005, around 18,000 rooms were lost by the upper-midscale chain scale; some of these rooms probably added to the increase in independents that year.

Overall, approximately 183,000 rooms are converted in and out of a scale every year. This does not take into account intra-scale conversion, so the overall number of flag changes most likely is quite a bit higher. The highest average conversion activity takes place with independent hotels and the lowest in the luxury chain scale. Upper-midscale and midscale data is slightly skewed because of the Best Western reclassification to Best Western Plus, but for prior years it was within the same range between 20,000 and 27,000 rooms for both scales. From our data, it is clear that brands continue to look for fast ways to build critical mass and portfolio strength. Therefore, reflagging existing properties will continue to be a critical tool to increase room counts.



Articles - 07_’12: Social media creates revenue? Juryโ€™s still out

Some very interesting comments – on  the one hand, the extent and reach of social media as far as revenue generation is concerned. Secondly, the complexity that we've introduced into the revenue management model – is it necessary? Is it working with identifyable revenue streams? Or have we overcomplicated?

Does your hotel have a social media strategy? is it generating tangible and measurable traffic for you – to your website? How about revenue?

12 July 2012 8:25 AM
By Jeff Higley
Editorial Director
jeff@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • “There is an absolute way to make money out of it, but we need to crawl before we walk in the social-media space,” said Ashish Kapur, VP of revenue management & distribution for Starwood Capital Group.
  • Sloan Dean, VP of sales & marketing for Interstate Hotels & Resorts, wonders if the time and effort involved in trying to make money from social media is worth it.
  • Wyndham Hotel Group has furthered its cause by placing user-generated reviews from TripAdvisor on all of its brands’ websites.

BALTIMORE—Social media might be all the rage, but it remains to be seen whether it can generate revenue for hotels.

“There is an absolute way to make money out of it, but we need to crawl before we walk in the social-media space,” said Ash Kapur, VP of revenue management & distribution for Starwood Capital Group.

The challenge, he said, is figuring out how to drive the significant traffic generated through social-media platforms to the company’s brand websites.

 

Ash Kapur
Starwood Capital Group

“It’s up to us as revenue managers to make sure we get them to our site, we invite them back so they actually book,” he said. “What I am seeing today is that, yes, there is a way to monetize it, but so far the stage that we reached is to get the traffic from Facebook to our site.”

 

Though social media continues to evolve and improve, the jury is still out regarding when—and if—there is money to be made from social networking, according to revenue-management experts during a roundtable discussion conducted by HotelNewsNow.com following the Hospitality Sales & Marketing Association International’s recent Chief Revenue Officer Roundtable event.

Weighing the pro and cons
Sloan Dean, VP of sales & marketing for Interstate Hotels & Resorts, looks at social media’s potential through a different lens.

“I would emphasize that the reason I short sell Facebook stock is it is tough to monetize,” he said. “It’s very time-consuming. It’s very labor-consuming. So those are the things to always keep in mind when you step into the space.”

Dean said various social-media sites have various values as business generators. Facebook can be a “decent resource for certain pieces of social reunion or wedding business. It’s very specific in that regard,” whereas LinkedIn “is very good for salespeople to prospect on.” And a correlation exists between TripAdvisor rankings and a hotel’s conversion rate on Interstate’s website.

Neal Fegan, executive director of revenue management for Fairmont Raffles Hotels International, said his company has had “some humongous successes” in the social-media space. However, he said “being able to forecast (the success of social media) at this point impossible.”

Revenue-generating campaigns on social-media outlets aren’t always about offering rock-bottom prices for hotel rooms, Fegan said.


“Sometimes you put a price point out on something and it takes off like wildfire. It becomes viral, and you get so much business that’s above and beyond that it shuts stuff down—websites crash, and it halts everything,” he said. “Other times you go out with a very similar offer, and it does absolutely nothing. So helping to determine what those triggers are, we’re still not very smart about, (but) we’re getting smarter.”

The key is staying with it because it is a constantly changing environment and no one knows what future technological developments will bring, Fegan said.

“It’s putting a lot more power back into our guests’ hands and a lot more information,” he said. “At some point in the future we’re going to be seeing a combination of the social-media sites with search. They’re going to kind of meld into one.”

That search component is particularly important, Dean said. As search-engine algorithms become more progressive, a property’s or brand’s social-media presence can influence where it falls in organic results.

Third-party review sites
User-generated reviews are on way to influence revenue through social media as well, sources said.

 

Dan Kowalewski
Wyndham Hotel Group

Wyndham puts TripAdvisor ratings on all of its brand and hotel websites and has invested in tools that allow franchisees to respond to those ratings, according to Dan Kowalewski, VP of revenue management service for Wyndham Hotel Group.

 

“It’s part of the direct strategy to help that consumer on our direct sites have a reason to stay and convert, and we’re finding that it’s successful,” he said. “… They want to understand the price/value comparison of that hotel. They can see the rating, they can see the price, they can actually see other ratings and prices of our other brands around them in a cross-sell-like environment, and they can make an informed decision.”

When asked if it has improved reservation conversion, Kowalewski said the company has seen improvement. “It helps with the overall experience that a consumer has when they come to our branded sites,” he said.

Greg Cross, senior VP of revenue management for Hyatt Hotels Corporation, said implementing those third-party ratings on a brand’s websites is a good thing, but he believes consumers will question the validity of the posted comments. Social-networking sites provide a more transparent platform for guest reviews, and Cross said he sees that as the next step in leveraging social media.

“The highest level of trust isn’t from someone that you don’t know, it’s from your own network of people,” he said. “As that becomes easier to do, that’s going to make TripAdvisor irrelevant. People are going to say, ‘Well, I don’t care what other people are saying. I care about what my people are saying.’”



Articles - 07_’12: Proposed per-diem changes raise concerns

How will this impact your market?

While this repressents the Federal market, what about your State market? Most states have a link to the Federal rate, either allowing for parity or demanding a discount – two areas of potential impact.

09 July 2012 9:20 AM
By Jason Q. Freed
News Editor-Americas
jfreed@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • One proposed revision involves removing upper-upscale hotels from the average price equation.
  • In a presentation to members of the hotel industry prepared by the GSA, an example of the new methodology showed the federal standard per-diem rate decreasing from $136 to $107.
  • One hotel owner-operator said his hotels would not be sustainable if per-diem rates were discounted much more.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—Looking to cut travel expenses for the federal government, the U.S. General Services Administration is re-evaluating its methodology to calculate federal per-diem rates. And the changes could have a widespread impact on the hotel industry.

The GSA is looking at a number of potential options that would result in per-diem decreases in most markets. While the agency maintains it is looking to responsibly trim budget costs just as any corporation would, some hoteliers fear dramatic per-diem decreases would cripple business and come with a bevy of unintended consequences.

“The GSA staff is definitely evaluating change to the per-diem methodology. It appears that change will be implemented and in place by October,” said Mark Carrier, president of Washington, D.C.-based B. F. Saul Company Hospitality Group, which owns and operates full-service and select-service hotels, many of which are located in or around Washington, D.C. “In business-class and high-demand markets, a significant change will have a major impact.”

Multiple sources said the GSA expects to announce its changes in methodology within three weeks. A team of two GSA employees is assigned to oversee per-diem calculation, and the organization already requested new data sets from STR, which it will use to research its options in changing the methodology. STR is the parent company of HotelNewsNow.com and has been supplying hotel data, mainly average daily rate, to the GSA since 2003.

According to sources, the following options are on the table:

  • Freeze the current per-diem rates and keep them the same for fiscal year 2013.
  • Eliminate a 25% flexibility federal employees have when they can’t find a room at the per-diem rate.
  • Change the methodology by which the GSA calculates the per-diem rate by eliminating upper-upscale hotels from the equation.

Carrier said freezing rates is unlikely because the government wants fluctuation to remain based on market data. Changing the methodology is most likely, he said.

Dan Cruz, a spokesman for the GSA, declined an interview but provided the following statement: "No determination has been made yet on new per-diem rates. The GSA is reviewing per-diem rates for fiscal year 2013. The GSA will implement the directives in the Office of Management and Budget memorandum concerning agency travel and conferences. This includes decreasing spending on agency travel in fiscal year 2013 by 30% compared to fiscal year 2010. We will continue to engage our industry partners as we undertake this review of per-diem rates."

In a presentation to members of the hotel industry prepared by the GSA, an example of the new methodology showed the federal standard per-diem rate decreasing from $136 to $107.

“I think the government is looking for ways to cut costs in all categories of spending, so it makes sense they would cut the travel budget,” said Erik Hansen, director of domestic policy for the U.S. Travel Association. “We have an alternative view on whether cutting per diems is an effective way to do that.”

Mark Crisci is co-president of K Partners Hospitality Group, which develops, owns and operates midscale through upper-upscale hotels in the Southern and Western regions of the U.S., many in tertiary cities near military bases that serve a large number of per-diem travelers. Crisci said hotel performance in the group’s portfolio would not be sustainable if per-diem rates were discounted much more.

“In a time where government is imposing so many things on small businesses, when they’re making it more expensive for us to do business, to come back around and rig this and provide downward pressure on rate is ridiculous,” he said.

New methodology
The GSA reached out to members of the hotel industry in late June to discuss potential changes to its methodology, and hoteliers immediately raised concerns with the American Hotel & Lodging Association, suggesting the new methodology could result in per-diem decreases of 20% to 30% in some markets.

The AH&LA consequently met with the GSA on 26 June and expressed concerns over detrimental effects to the hotel industry. “It was a very good discussion; the GSA members were receptive to our concerns,” said Shawn McBurney, senior VP of governmental affairs at AH&LA.

The GSA at present receives ADR data from STR on more than 12,000 U.S. hotels from April to March in each of the following chain scales: midscale, upper-midscale, upscale, upper-upscale and luxury. Luxury properties are not included in the methodology unless they are priced lower than the highest midscale property in that respective market.

The GSA analyzes that data, determines the average price of a hotel, subtracts 5% for what it considers an average group-volume discount, and then notifies Congress of the fiscal year per-diem rate change.

Hoteliers can file appeals to their respective per-diem rates, though the appeals process must be initiated by a federal agency.

One proposed revision to its per-diem calculation would eliminate upper-upscale hotel data from the mix, bumping down the average rate.

“The problem with a methodology like that is it’s based on semantics,” McBurney said. “That top level isn’t luxury. A lot of people unfamiliar with the classifications don’t understand that. An upper-upscale hotel is your standard full-service Marriott. That’s 85% of the hotels in (Washington) D.C.

“If you take those rates out of the calculations, you’ve got an artificially depressed rate,” he added.

“The issue of the nomenclature is in fact important,” Carrier added. “Calling it upper-upscale makes it easy to eliminate. The names of those sets don’t reflect what’s in them. The idea of a corporate traveler staying in an upper-upscale hotel makes it seem like they’re staying in some lavish property, but really they’re just business-class hotels.

“Elimination of upper-upscale hotels would take out a significant portion of the inventory of most business-class locations.”

Carrier suggested a fourth option: increasing the volume discount from 5% to a higher level to reflect the GSA purchasing volume. He said it would solve the problem of cutting travel costs without creating an artificially depressed rate, and he has recommended this to the GSA.

McBurney said the GSA will meet with the AH&LA again before making a final decision, which is expected in no more than three weeks.


Hotelier reaction
Crisci, of K Partners, said he’s lost confidence in the U.S. governmental authority—particularly organizations including the GSA and Department of Defense—because he said they’re making decisions without truly understanding the ramifications.

He said K Partners has been very proactive in military markets, recognizing a need for newer branded lodging facilities with interior corridors and more modern Internet access.

“We’ve evolved our offerings—the bases have evolved—and they’re bringing in well-paid, high-caliber people accustomed to staying at a certain lodging facility,” he said.

Crisci has been very active in lobbying the GSA to raise the per-diem rates. Lowering the per-diem rates even further could leave K Partners no alternative other than shutting out government travelers altogether and not offering the per-diem rate.

“We’ve had to implement policies at some of our hotels where we don’t offer the per-diem at all, or it’s very much restricted. We just can’t make any money on it,” he said. “With the cost to develop, the cost to brand, the cost to take care of the guest, you just can’t make money at $77 per night.

“I don’t think anyone at the GSA truly understands how the lodging market is segmented today,” he continued. “We’re not trying to get $200 to $300 out of these guys, we’re just asking for a fair rate.”

Effects on price
While some hoteliers would suggest they base their pricing decisions on market demand and not one specific group of travelers, markets that cater to government travel certainly take per-diem rates into consideration when pricing their inventory.

Carrier said federal per-diem rates play a large role in pricing rooms in the Washington, D.C., market.

“In Washington, travelers on the federal per-diem make up a significant part of the market. That price becomes a market-making price,” he said. “They are the only consumer we do business with that can name their own price.”

“Anyone in these markets who doesn’t factor (per-diem rates) in either missed something or is not being completely transparent,” Crisci added. “The issue in D.C. is that if you don’t offer (rooms at the per-diem rate) there are 100 others that will. The GSA knows that.”

Sources said it is not only federal employees who travel on the GSA’s set per-diem rate. Many private-sector companies and government-contracted workers use the federal per-diem as a standard for their corporate travel as well.

Carrier said if the methodology results in large-scale per-diem decreases, government travelers will be limited to only essential travel. “They won’t be able to be close to where they need to do business,” he said.

“The concern is we may have a major partner in our business that is impacted in where and when they can travel and what price they’re willing to pay,” Hansen said.

Timing
Annual per-diem rates are typically announced in August and go into effect 1 October, the beginning of the federal government’s fiscal year. Per-diem rates will be announced in August this year even if a new methodology was adopted.

The GSA’s per-diem-methodology discussion comes just three months after the organization was hit with accusations of lavish spending during a 2010 conference off the Las Vegas Strip, which resulted in the resignation of its chief and two of her top deputies. While the industry lobbyist organizations interviewed for this story were reluctant to link a revised per-diem methodology with the recent scandal, Crisci pointed directly to a correlation.

“We all saw pictures of that moron sitting in bathtub overlooking The Strip,” he said. “When I see that sort of waste and we’re watching every dollar we spend to take as best care of our employees as we can … are you kidding me? The same people who had zero accountability, zero respect for dollars, are now beating up the guys who are just trying to make a decent living.”



Articles - 03_’12: 5 emerging distribution channels pros, cons

Have you used any of the sites listed below?

 

29 June 2012 9:59 AM
By Patrick Mayock
News Editor-International
patrick@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Guestmob is a semi-opaque channel that allows hoteliers to unload inventory without sacrificing rate integrity.
  • Hall St. allows guests to negotiate deals with hotels and then sell or swap those pre-paid stays with other travelers.
  • Traveltipping compiles packaged deals to drive incremental demand in shoulder seasons.

BALTIMORE—As the distribution landscape continues to fragment, revenue managers are being tasked with keeping tabs on the latest and greatest new platforms.

But are all channels created equal? Attendees during a workshop at HSMAI’s Revenue Optimization Conference had mixed reviews as they discussed the following five discount models.

1. Backbid
As HotelNewsNow.com has written in the past, BackBid is a hotel booking site where travelers post their existing hotel reservations and accept bids from alternative properties to find the best value for their upcoming hotel stay.

The channel empowers consumers to find the best room for the best price, knowing all the details about a given property before accepting a new bid. There’s no risk involved, as they can deny any bid and keep their existing reservation.

While the site touts its focus on confirmed travelers and ability to sell distressed inventory as a plus for hoteliers, attendees of the HSMAI workshop were not as impressed. At its best, they said Backbid allows them to possibly unload inventory at a low yield. At its worst, they said the channel encourages a downward spiral, with competitors outbidding each other with lower and lower rates.

2. Guestmob
The semi-opaque
Guestmob allows guests to choose from a collection of hotels in select cities.

Here’s how it works: A guest registers on the free site and then searches within one of 20 select U.S. cities by date. Guestmob produces a list of “collections” that typically include from four to eight similarly rated and located hotels, which guests can view by name.

A recent search for hotel rooms in Chicago, for example, yielded, among others, a collection for “The Loop-Downtown,” which offered a room rate of $157 for eitherThe Wit, Swissotel, Hyatt Regency, Fairmont Millennium Park, Hotel Allegro and Palmer House Hilton.

Only after guests confirm the booking do they see at which hotel they’ve actually made the reservation.

The channel streamlines the booking process for guests, arranging hotels in like-minded, curated clusters as opposed to a list hundreds of properties long on most hotel booking engines. It also allows travelers to peak past the curtain of traditional opaque channels and see at which properties they might be booking. Bookings made on Guestmob are also refundable.

Guestmob streamlines the distribution process for hoteliers, who only have to release inventory the Thursday before check-in when it’s clear the room is not being sold on other online travel agencies. Guestmob allows hoteliers to maintain rate parity with other channels and still capture full-price bookings on brand.com.

Of all the emerging channels discussed, Guestmob got the highest marks from workshop attendees, who viewed it as a potentially viable semi-opaque platform.

3. Hall St.
European channel
Hall St. is where hotel distribution collides with swap meets. Guests register on the platform, negotiate rates with hotels, and then can either enjoy the pre-paid reservation themselves or sell it to other users.

The platform acknowledges that “last-minute changes are part and parcel of modern-day lift” and gives guests the freedom to change the name on their reservations or sell them to other users.

But hoteliers participating in the HSMAI workshop said Hall St. was a dead end, claiming it was too convoluted to gain a following and too labor-intensive and complex for them to devote already-strapped resources. As one attendee said, “I’d prefer to take a detour.”

4. Tingo
Another familiar distribution channel
to readers of HotelNewsNow.com, Tingo monitors any changes in hotel rates travelers have booked and then rebooks them at the lower rate at no cost to the client should the rate drop (provided there are no cancellation charges).

The value to consumers is obvious: Travelers book the exact room they want and sit back and watch as the rate falls closer to the booking date.

Tingo also claims a number of benefits to hoteliers, including longer booking windows (an average of 45 days), longer length of stay, higher average daily rate and bookings made on more expensive, flexible rates.

But workshop attendees were not so sure. They feared the platform would expose weaknesses in existing discounting practices and thus erode rate. While they agreed Tingo was perhaps the most user-friendly of all the channels discussed, they also predicted hoteliers might respond by instituting more aggressive cancellation penalties to prevent rebookings.

5. Traveltipping
Traveltipping tips the booking process in favor of guests—or so the site claims—by creating unique travel packages to destinations throughout the world at a fraction of the cost. Guests start their search by selecting one of six world regions: North America & Caribbean, Latin America, Europe, Africa & Arabia, Asia and Oceania. Each region generates a handful of travel deals, such as four-night stay for two at an “eco adventure lodge” in the Dominican Republic.

Deals are quantity limited, allowing suppliers to sell what they want, when they want. They’re also marketed as packages to help drive value and increase ancillary spend. The aforementioned deal in the Dominican Republic, for example, included a kayak excursion, mountain bike ride, daily breakfast and additional taxes in addition to the hotel stay.

The goal is to help suppliers sell distressed inventory and increase seasonal revenue during shoulder periods, according to the site.

Hoteliers were nonplussed, however. Those sharing their thoughts during the workshop said there was not much about Traveltipping that stood out from either a consumer or hotelier perspective. It was yet another in a litany of similar packaged-deal sites, they said.



Articles - 06_’12: Revisit channel plan as leisure demand rises

25 June 2012 8:11 AM
By Jason Q. Freed
News Editor-Americas
jfreed@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Bookings are expected to remain steady month over month with potential upticks in August and September.
  • Rate growth also is expected to continue steadily.
  • “Consumers still are devoted to taking vacations, but they’re trying to get the most for their money,” said Julie Parodi of Pegasus Solutions.

The hotel industry wrapped up spring on a solid note and, based on forward-looking data from Pegasus Solutions in advance of this week’s release of The Pegasus View, travel demand is going to remain healthy for the rest of 2012.

Bookings are expected to remain steady month over month with potential upticks in August and September. Rate growth also is expected to continue steadily.

“Rate strategy and channel strategy are going to be key for the summer,” said Julie Parodi, senior director of strategic planning and analysis for Pegasus and editor of The Pegasus View. “Because rates are truly driving growth, hoteliers should review and revisit their pricing strategies—how they’re pricing across their channels and allocating inventory.”

Even though the leisure channels might begin driving more demand as summer travel heats up, hoteliers still need to be wise about keeping the cost of the various channels in mind, Parodi said.

“You don’t want to be giving all of your inventory to channels with high costs, and you want to be smart about using opaque for distressed inventory,” she said.

Based on electronic booking data from approximately 63,000 travel agencies, Pegasus categorizes third-party bookings as leisure travel and bookings from the Global Distribution System as business travel.

Business demand
Average daily rate is leading growth on the business side, with global transactions in May priced 3.9% higher than in May 2011. In North America alone, rates in May were up 7.6% over May 2011.

“Companies need to outperform their competitors and in-person interaction is helping them do that,” Parodi said. “There’s no better way to build relationships.”

She said the business traveler is being selective with his or her trips and exploring more closely the worth of every cost. They’re forced by their managers to justify how travel will further boost their sales and show how their trips contributed to the bottom line.

“We know they’ve been using length-of-stay to keep costs under control,” she said. “Now there is opportunity for different-sized companies to become involved and also different locations. It’s not as critical that their meetings and conventions are in city center. Hoteliers should make sure companies know they can host these meetings without busting budgets.”

Leisure demand
On the leisure side of the industry, global rates for the month of May were up 5.6%. In North America, rates were up 4.7% against prior year.

However, the absolute number of hotel bookings made through the channels Pegasus measured continues to fall short of 2011 numbers. On both the leisure side and business side—both globally and in North America—the number of bookings grows month over month but still fall significantly shorter than monthly bookings in 2011.

“Consumers still are devoted to taking vacations, but they’re trying to get the most for their money,” Parodi said. “Location, location, location is being trumped by value, value, value. Hotel strategy comes into play in terms of researching which markets are best to target and determining the appropriate timing for that marketing.”

Parodi said hoteliers should invest heavily in promoting their hotels in markets that drive the most demand but also look to see if there are surrounding markets that offer untapped opportunities.



Articles - 06_12: How hotels can use Hipmunk

A good description of the operating basis of Hipmunk and the areas to monitor in order to manage your placement in this search engine.

(The views and opinions expressed in this blog are strictly those of the author.)

 

If you think online hotel queries start and stop at Expedia, then you’ll be missing out on a website that has recently gathered steam.

Starting as an online flight search engine late last year, Hipmunk promptly expanded to hotels, modeling its website on speed and ease. The only criteria for you to choose are the city, arrival and departure dates, and the number of rooms and guests.

“If it’s so simple, why bother?” you might ask. Well, this type of layout is just what the smartphone ordered. Hipmunk already has an iPhone app for its flight search engine, and I’d imagine a similar product for hotel queries is forthcoming.

But this post isn’t just a summary of the website. I want to lend my two cents towards how your hotel can leverage this tool to drive new business. As a companion to this, I’d highly suggest you play around with the site just to get the hang of things.

For starters, Hipmunk is a search engine, not a booking site. It relies on a mash-up of online partners filtered through what I imagine are some very complex algorithms. Hotels are judged on three categories: price, reviews and distance. Distances and location data are gathered via Google maps, reviews are compiled from Yelp and price is obtained mostly from hotels.com, but also from bookings.com, getaroom.com, hrs.com, otel.com and skoorsh.com.

In addition, Hipmunk collects information about your hotel’s amenities from these third-party booking sites. The site’s fourth scale is dubbed “Ecstasy” and is based on a combination of price, reviews and amenities. You can further delineate hotel queries by any of these categories or by individual amenities.

So, when you first complete a search, you are taken to a Google maps display for all hotels in the city requested, with the hotel listings sorted in one column on the left-hand side. Your goal is to be at the top of that column.

The default landing category for searches is Ecstasy, and because this is a compilation, let’s focus on the individual criteria. First up is distance. The pinpoint center of a city is predetermined by Google, and your property is where it is, so there isn’t much you can do about this one. No doubt this inherent rigidity is part of the reason why distance is not tabulated for the Ecstasy score.

Next up are your Yelp reviews, which seem to play a dominant role towards the Ecstasy factor. True, these critiques are written by past guests, and you have little control over what they decide to write. However, guests are much more likely to laud your property if they are treated well and the services are the best they can be. Hipmunk uses your average score as well as the total number of reviews. It’s a quantity of quality game. So, be sure to converse with guests while they are on property and politely ask them to praise your name online. This is an unbiased system, so if your guest services aren’t up to snuff, then don’t expect improvements on Yelp.

Third up is price, which is where it gets tricky. This category is sorted in ascending order, which means the cheapest rooms get priority at the top. However, the site lets you query results based on three demarcations: cheap, average and pricey. These can also be overlaid for Ecstasy, reviews and distance searches. The numerical cutoff points for these delimiters are calculated based on the average price of all listed properties in the city. Thus, if you want to play around with price, your goal is not to become the cheapest hotel around, but merely the least expensive in your snack bracket.

For example, if your base room rate is listed on hotels.com as $150 per night and this places you in the “normal” third of properties, with the cutoff for “cheap” at $115, then you might aim to get as close to $115 as possible. But you wouldn’t want to dip below $115, because then you’d show up as a “cheap” hotel and appear at the bottom of the results column. One other caveat here is that if your entire competitive set starts to lower pricing to optimize results in sites like Hipmunk, then the median price point will shift accordingly, and you’ll all be playing a game of attrition. Simply put, play with fire at your own risk.

My last suggestion is to look at your own hotel on Hipmunk and see where it currently stands. Are all your amenities listed and properly described on the corresponding third-party site? Have you read your latest Yelp reviews to see what people are saying? Is your price aggressive or totally unreasonable when juxtaposed with your competitive set? Then, work with your team to settle on a feasible goal for improving your placement within the next six months.

6/22/2012



Articles - 06_’12: Attorneys discuss credit-bidding effects

How will this impact transactions? Auctions – most likely: REO assets – I'm not sure.

What do you think?

15 June 2012 7:08 AM
By Shawn A. Turner
Finance Editor
Shawn@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Credit bidding is the practice of lenders using debt to purchase their own collateral during a bankruptcy auction.
  • “This decision says to debtors, ‘If you’re going to file Chapter 11, be mindful because the lender will retain the benefit of the bargain,’” said attorney Randye Soref.
  • Attorneys were split over whether the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision might embolden lenders to make more loans.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—Hotel bankruptcy proceedings might look a little different going forward now that the U.S. Supreme Court has upheld the practice of credit bidding, bankruptcy attorneys say.

Credit bidding is the practice of lenders using debt to purchase their own collateral during a bankruptcy auction. The Court upheld the practice last month.

Even though credit bidding has occurred in the past, the legitimacy given to it by the Court could bring about some changes, attorneys said.

One potential change could involve the time a case is in bankruptcy proceedings. David Neff, an attorney at Perkins Coie who argued the case before the Court on behalf of the debtor, said he imagines bankruptcy cases would be shortened as a result.

“It’s not going to provide the option of proposing a sale plan over the objections of secured creditors,” he said.

“It will shorten up certain cases,” he added.

Randye Soref, shareholder with Buchalter Nemer, said that while there are already time limitations within bankruptcy cases—for instance, the debtor must provide a reorganization plan to the court within 90 days of the bankruptcy filing—the Court’s decision could have the effect of quickening the pace of negotiations between debtor and lender.

Also, sources said, lenders have additional leverage on their side when it comes to making deals for assets in a bankruptcy auction. Knowing the lender can outgun bargain hunters will shut out some potential suitors, Soref said.


 

George B. Cauthen, partner and chairman of the bankruptcy group at Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

“This decision says to debtors, ‘If you’re going to file Chapter 11, be mindful because the lender will retain the benefit of the bargain,’” she said.

 

George B. Cauthen, partner and chairman of the bankruptcy group at Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, shared a similar sentiment. He said the decision “burns off the bottom feeders” looking to buy on the cheap.

“If you know the secured creditor can credit bid … you can’t have the person thinking they’re going to get a good asset for a real cheap price,” he said.

Also, Cauthen said he expects to see an increased amount of credit bidding following the Court’s decision. “There shouldn’t be any question about it now,” he said.

Lending effect
Sources contacted for this report were split over whether lenders might be more willing to lend if they knew they had the right to credit bid should the deal go bad.

“It might make them more confident,” Cauthen said.

Soref, however, took the opposite stance. She doesn’t anticipate any effect on the credit markets as a result of the decision.

She said lenders don’t make loans thinking the deal might eventually go sour. “Nothing’s changed,” she said.



Articles - 06_’12: Shaky economy brings hoteliers back to reality

05 June 2012 9:36 AM
By Jason Q. Freed
News Editor-Americas
jfreed@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Concerns surround two important areas: the European debt situation and potential political effects in the United States.
  • “I do worry about consumer confidence in general,” said Jonathan Tisch of Loews Hotels.
  • Leaders of the major brands are optimistic about performance.

Mark Hoplamazian, president and CEO of Hyatt Hotels Corporation, said he isn’t concerned about unemployment issues affecting Hyatt’s performance during a general session at the NYU International Hospitality Industry Investment Conference.

NEW YORK—It appears the hotel industry learned something from the sudden crash in 2008: Don’t get too optimistic or too carried away about profits and performance because the good times don’t last forever.

The first quarter of 2012 started off hot for hoteliers, but five months in, the vibe on the opening day at the NYU International Hospitality Industry Investment Conference was considerably more cautious. While hotel-operating performance remains strong, a questionable economic recovery has hoteliers fearing financial market repercussions.

“The reality is we can’t be as bullish today as we were two or three months ago,” said Arne Sorenson, president and CEO of Marriott International. “The markets are a powerful read on future expectations, and right now they’re more cautious than they were two months ago.”

The first half of the year is shaping up very similar to the beginning of 2011, which started strong before hotel industry stocks tumbled. But falling stock prices in 2011 didn’t equate to a revenue-per-available-room decrease, and Sorenson doesn’t think it will this year, either.

“Let’s hope—like last year—business continues to perform strong,” he said. “I tend to think it will.”

However, concerns remain surrounding two important areas: the European debt situation and potential political effects in the United States. Many hoteliers on Monday mentioned the “fiscal cliff” expected at the beginning of 2013; saying uncertainly around government tax cuts has businesses in a holding pattern.

Sorenson said allowing Bush-era tax cuts to expire, coupled with the automatic spending cuts scheduled for 1 January 2013, will have a detrimental effect on the economy.

“The fiscal cliff in December is a profound fear,” he said. “We can’t entirely ignore what the markets are saying.”

“The outlook for business investment has been slowly but surely decreasing,” said W. Ed Walter, president and CEO of Host Hotels & Resorts. “The lack of certainly around what’s going to happen at end of year is starting to slow investment.”

Sorenson said debt issues in Europe aren’t dragging down performance of Marriott overall, however, he said it will have long-term repercussions.

“Lord knows it’s going to be years before we’re beyond the point of worry about it,” he said.

While it appears travelers—at least in the U.S.—are continuing to plan business and leisure trips despite economic worry, Jonathan Tisch, chairman of Loews Hotels, said enough negative headlines will eventually impact consumer spending.

“I do worry about consumer confidence in general,” he said.


Flipside
Moving away from the financial side of the business and focusing solely on operating hotels, leaders of the major brands are optimistic about performance.

Eric Danziger, president and CEO of Wyndham Hotel Group, said call volume at Wyndham is up 30% and web traffic up 30% to 40%.

“We believe people want to travel for both business and personal. I’m positive,” he said.

Mark Hoplamazian, president and CEO of Hyatt Hotels Corporation, pointed to unemployment concerns but said he isn’t concerned about unemployment issues affecting Hyatt’s performance. He said Hyatt serves a certain segment of the population that isn’t struggling with unemployment as much as it appears.

“The reality is the employment picture is not exactly on a durable path, but we don’t serve the entire U.S. population. For our core customer, the employment picture is actually much better,” he said. “We’ve been living in a demand environment, so the demand is there.”

However, until employment “more broadly gets in line,” he said, the U.S. won’t experience a total economic recovery.

Pricing
As demand has returned to the industry on both the business and leisure side, and with a strong summer expected, hoteliers said they are tweaking their rate strategies.

Danziger said part of Wyndham’s strategy is to engage more directly with the consumer—online and off—which will help the company drive rate.

In Dubai, United Arab Emirates, the Jumeirah Group has seen demand and pricing exceed 2007 and 2008 levels, when certain hotels were running 100% occupancy and commanding $1,000 rates, said Gerald Lawless, executive chairman. Lawless said the Dubai market benefitted from the Arab Spring because Dubai residents who typically travel to places such as Lebanon, Egypt and Syria during the summer aren’t doing so this year.

Sorenson said Marriott’s rate strategy involves effectively managing distribution, and his team is monitoring third-party distribution players.

“The online scene is remarkably fluid,” he said. “When you look around the world more broadly, you’re seeing numerous parties show up. It’s no longer just Expedia and Travelocity, now we’ve got to talk about dozens of sites around the world.”

Hoteliers agreed, however, that more online-travel agents is good for business because it means more competition and that in turn will lead to less expensive booking costs.

“We’re not trying to defeat (the OTAs),” Sorenson said, “but let’s make sure the cost of those reservations is fair.”



Articles - 06_’12: STR: HOST Study shows improved results in 2011

HENDERSONVILLE, Tennessee—The U.S. hotel industry’s total revenue grew 7.5 percent in 2011 to US$137.5 billion, the largest percent change in the previous 10 years, according to the Hotel Operating Statistics (HOST) Study for 2011, compiled by STR.

According to the HOST Study, Gross Operating Profit (GOP) rested at 36.1 percent in 2011 compared to 35.3 percent in 2010. The industry’s pre-tax income grew 20.0 percent in year-over-year comparisons to US$21.6 billion.

“There is no question that the past few years have been extremely difficult for the hotel industry, and while a number of properties have gone under or are still in deep financial straits, the industry overall continued to bounce back during 2011,” said Randy Smith chairman and co-founder of STR. “This is a remarkable achievement given the difficulties of operating in today's uncertain economic environment.”

Other highlights of the HOST Study:

  • Full-service hotels reported an average occupancy of 68.5 percent and an average daily rate of US$153.81 in 2011.
  • On average, full-service hotels generated US$240.08 in total revenue per occupied room night, up from US$236.13 in 2010. Full-service, chain-affiliated hotels checked in at US$230.83 per occupied roomnight while independent properties reported US$327.39 per occupied roomnight.
  • GOP for full-service properties was 31.5 percent, compared with 29.9 percent in 2010. GOP was approximately US$18,633 per available room and US$75.54 per roomnight.
  • Overall in 2011, limited-service hotels recorded an occupancy of 70.0 percent (up from 68.4 percent in 2010) and an ADR of US$89.85 (compared with US$86.82 in 2010).
  • Limited-service hotels reported a GOP of 48.8 percent, which was an increase from 48.0 percent in 2010. These hotels generated US$45.28 in GOP per occupied roomnight and US$11,517 per available room.
  • Franchise fees in chain-affiliated, limited-service hotels accounted for 3.2 percent of the undistributed operating expenses, which equates to US$2.91 per occupied roomnight.

Media Contacts:

Jeff Higley
VP, Digital Media & Communications
jeff@str.com
 



Articles - 06_’12: 6 Habits of True Strategic Thinkers

I found this to be insightful, concise and very relevant – the author truly captured, at least from my perspective, the steps that I have tried to follow (albeit not in quite the articulated manner the author manages to describe them!) when analyzing a situation for a strategic direction. And as the outcome of this type of analysis, thought and assessment gradually unfolds, the direction – strategic direction - and subsequent decisions often lead to significant leaps in performance, intelligent positioning and a hightened team self confidence in the ability to make and implement bold decisions. 

Does this resonate with you? Please leave a comment

THE STRATEGIC DECISION | Paul J. H. Schoemaker

Mar 20, 2012

6 Habits of True Strategic Thinkers

You're the boss, but you still spend too much time on the day-to-day. Here's how to become the strategic leader your company needs.

shutterstock images

 

">

 

shutterstock images

 
14K
Share

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

In the beginning, there was just you and your partners. You did every job. You coded, you met with investors, you emptied the trash and phoned in the midnight pizza. Now you have others to do all that and it's time for you to "be strategic."

Whatever that means.

If you find yourself resisting "being strategic," because it sounds like a fast track to irrelevance, or vaguely like an excuse to slack off, you're not alone. Every leader's temptation is to deal with what's directly in front, because it always seems more urgent and concrete. Unfortunately, if you do that, you put your company at risk. While you concentrate on steering around potholes, you'll miss windfall opportunities, not to mention any signals that the road you're on is leading off a cliff.

This is a tough job, make no mistake. "We need strategic leaders!” is a pretty constant refrain at every company, large and small. One reason the job is so tough: no one really understands what it entails. It's hard to be a strategic leader if you don't know what strategic leaders are supposed to do.

After two decades of advising organizations large and small, my colleagues and I have formed a clear idea of what's required of you in this role. Adaptive strategic leaders — the kind who thrive in today’s uncertain environment – do six things well:

Anticipate

Most of the focus at most companies is on what’s directly ahead. The leaders lack “peripheral vision.” This can leave your company vulnerable to rivals who detect and act on ambiguous signals. To anticipate well, you must:

  • Look for game-changing information at the periphery of your industry
  • Search beyond the current boundaries of your business
  • Build wide external networks to help you scan the horizon better

Think Critically

“Conventional wisdom” opens you to fewer raised eyebrows and second guessing. But if you swallow every management fad, herdlike belief, and safe opinion at face value, your company loses all competitive advantage. Critical thinkers question everything. To master this skill you must force yourself to:

  • Reframe problems to get to the bottom of things, in terms of root causes
  • Challenge current beliefs and mindsets, including your own
  • Uncover hypocrisy, manipulation, and bias in organizational decisions

Interpret

Ambiguity is unsettling. Faced with it, the temptation is to reach for a fast (and potentially wrongheaded) solution. A good strategic leader holds steady, synthesizing information from many sources before developing a viewpoint. To get good at this, you have to:

  • Seek patterns in multiple sources of data
  • Encourage others to do the same
  • Question prevailing assumptions and test multiple hypotheses simultaneously

Decide

Many leaders fall prey to “analysis paralysis.” You have to develop processes and enforce them, so that you arrive at a “good enough” position. To do that well, you have to:

  • Carefully frame the decision to get to the crux of the matter
  • Balance speed, rigor, quality and agility. Leave perfection to higher powers
  • Take a stand even with incomplete information and amid diverse views

Align

Total consensus is rare. A strategic leader must foster open dialogue, build trust and engage key stakeholders, especially when views diverge. To pull that off, you need to:

  • Understand what drives other people's agendas, including what remains hidden
  • Bring tough issues to the surface, even when it's uncomfortable
  • Assess risk tolerance and follow through to build the necessary support

Learn

As your company grows, honest feedback is harder and harder to come by. You have to do what you can to keep it coming. This is crucial because success and failure–especially failure–are valuable sources of organizational learning. Here's what you need to do:

  • Encourage and exemplify honest, rigorous debriefs to extract lessons
  • Shift course quickly if you realize you're off track
  • Celebrate both success and (well-intentioned) failures that provide insight


Uncategorized - 05_’12: Leveraging Pinterest, Instagram for hotels

14 May 2012 7:06 AM
By David Backes
HotelNewsNow.com columnist

 


Story Highlights
  • With nearly 20 million unique visitors, Pinterest is a website people are visiting freqently.
  • Pinterest gets a hotel in front of a new set of travelers, driving bookings back to brand websites and getting the SEO benefits of inbound links to boost search-engine rankings.
  • Instagram recently was acquired by Facebook for $1 billion.

Last time, I wrote some tips for busy hoteliers looking to save some time executing social-media strategies. Let’s say you have the basics under control, but now you’re looking to stay ahead of the curve and your competition by reaching new audiences with the latest social-media platforms. Pinterest and Instagram are the latest big social networks making a splash, and both provide opportunities for the travel and leisure industry to boost engagement.

What is Pinterest?
If Pinterest is not already on your radar, then it should be, as
Pinterest’s rapid social media popularity is a compelling reason to join. For instance, Pinterest’s unique visitors have more than tripled since April 2011. At the end of February 2012, more than 15 million unique visitors were exploring Pinterest boards.

With nearly 20 million unique visitors, Pinterest certainly is a site people are visiting frequently. But is it an engaging site? According to Statista and comScore, it is one of the more engaging sites online. An average visitor from the United States spends an average of 97 minutes per visit on the site; global visitors are spending 89 minutes on Pinterst per visit.

The reasons for getting started with Pinterest are compelling—getting your content and hotels in front of a new set of travelers, driving bookings back to brand websites and getting the search-engine optimization benefits of inbound links to boost search-engine rankings—but there are roadblocks in place, similar to when brands first started getting on Facebook and Twitter. Many hoteliers have the same query, wondering, “As a hotelier, what do I actually do with Pinterest?” Here’s a step-by-step guide to getting started.

Step 1: Get on Pinterest

If you’re the one executing your Pinterest strategy, you’ll have to know what’s going on. So, the first step is to request an invite, then create an account and sign in. Then poke around and get the feel for what other people are pinning, what kinds of things get re-pinned most and how people communicate on Pinterest.

Step 2: Set up relevant boards

“Our Hotel” is boring because it’s very inward facing. Instead, create boards that embody your brand. If you’re an environmentally friendly hotel, make boards about the outdoors. If your gardens are second to none, create gardening and horticulture boards.

Step 3: Allow user comments and pins on your board

Step 4: Follow others

Find other users to follow in relevant categories including people/brands who pin items about hotels, the city where you’re located, art, food, interior design, weddings, gardening or any other relevant categories.

Step 5: Try hosting a contest

For example, run a contest that asks users to create a board that showcases the experience they had at your hotel.

Your guide to Instagram
Instagram, which has generated a whopping zero dollars in revenue, recently was acquired by Facebook for $1 billion. While some brands already are on the platform, many have yet to dip their toes in the photo-sharing websites social-networking pool. Naturally, this massive sale caught the attention even with those unfamiliar with Instagram, but there’s still time to make an impact before the platform gets saturated with companies. Instagram is a fairly simple application: you take photos with your mobile device, select a filter from a variety of options, tag your location (if you want) and share those photos to Facebook, Twitter and Instagram’s platform. Instagram’s filters can make any photo look great, which is why it has been dubbed “the autotune of photography.”

Step 1: Take interesting photos

Maybe you’re marketing an incredibly beautiful hotel with immaculate gardens, carefully planned pool, food presented in an interesting way, colorful cocktails and so on. All of these things can contribute to an interesting Instagram feed. What you don’t want to do is take picture after picture of your guestrooms—people on Instagram get turned off quickly by overtly sales-oriented material. Even taking pictures featuring the city that the hotel is in can help boost engagement.

Step 2: Follow others

Instagram allows you to find friends based on your contact list, Facebook friends and Twitter followers; you also can search for specific people. The easiest way to get started is to follow your Twitter and Facebook friends that already have connected with your hotel’s Twitter feed and Facebook profiles. After this, simply double-tap pictures to like them. Your followers will notice you liking their content, and if you’ve followed the first step, you should already have interesting content for them to engage with.

Step 3: Integrate Instagram with your web presence

Although it’s still in its infancy, Instagram does allow third-party applications. One of the best for brands is
Followgram.me. This app provides web-facing Instagram photos that people can view and share. Here’s Ikea Italy’s stream, for instance. Widgets can be placed on your websites for people to see new images of the hotel, your grounds and the surrounding city.



Articles - 05_’12: Supreme Court upholds credit bidding

30 May 2012 8:49 AM
By Shawn A. Turner
Finance Editor
Shawn@HotelNewsNow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • Associate Justice Antonin Scalia said the debtors in the case attempted to “confirm a cramdown bankruptcy plan” over Amalgamated’s objections.
  • “We think (the decision) limits the opportunity Chapter 11 debtors have to confirm financing over the objections of secured creditors,” Perkins Coie’s David Neff said.
  • Amalgamated plans to move forward with its plans for the site, which include renovating the Radisson Hotel at Los Angeles Airport and the construction of a parking deck.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—In a landmark ruling that has its roots in the hotel industry, the U.S. Supreme Court has found that secured creditors cannot be denied the right to credit bid for their own assets.

The ruling stems from Radlax Gateway Hotel LLC, et al. v. Amalgamated Bank. At issue was whether lenders should have the right to purchase their own collateral at bankruptcy auction by using debt, a process known as credit bidding.

The dispute surrounds the proposed auctions of a pair of hotels owned by entities of River Road Hotel Partners LLC—the InterContinental Chicago O’Hare and the Radisson Hotel at Los Angeles Airport—which declared bankruptcy in August 2009. Court filings show River Road had secured stalking horse bids totaling $89.5 million for the properties.

But before the transactions closed, Amalgamated, the principal secured lender for the hotels that court documents show is owed in excess of $161 million, objected to the bid procedures on 8 July 2010, stating the bank was not given the opportunity to credit bid, a tactic that courts were split on allowing.

Associate Justice Antonin Scalia, delivering the opinion of the court, said River Road attempted to “confirm a 'cramdown' bankruptcy plan over the bank’s objection.”

“The debtors’ reading of (U.S. bankruptcy law) is hyperliteral and contrary to common sense,” Scalia wrote. The decision was nearly unanimous, with only Associate Justice Anthony Kennedy not taking part in the decision.


View the Supreme Court’s opinion.

In an emailed statement, officials at Amalgamated said the decision strengthens the bank’s ability to be repaid and allows the company to proceed with its plans for the Radisson Hotel at Los Angeles Airport, for which it provided a $142-million loan to be used for a renovation of the property and the construction of a parking deck. That loan will eventually be worked out, according to the statement.

David Neff, an attorney at Perkins Coie who argued the case before the Court on behalf of River Road, is “disappointed” in the decision.

“We think it limits the opportunity Chapter 11 debtors have to confirm financing over the objections of secured creditors,” he said. “Obviously, that would include hotel owners on the bankruptcy level.”

In June 2011, the U.S. Seventh District Court of Appeals ruled that, absent consent, secured creditors cannot be denied the right to credit bid when a reorganization plan proposes a sale of encumbered assets free and clear of liens and security interests. That decision went against a ruling from the Third and Fifth Circuit Courts of Appeals.

 



Articles - 05_’12: A field guide to forecasting

AN excellent blog on the current forecast as well as the process of analysis, at least for those into data!

Thursday, 24 May 2012

 



 
A field guide to forecasting
Posted by Jan Freitag at 12:00 AM

Part of the fun in our jobs as data guys is to have the ability—and maybe the obligation—to dig deep into the data pile, to establish trends and patterns and then to forecast the future. At all major hotel industry conferences someone from STR, the parent company of HotelNewsNow.com, is being asked to stand up and present our version of the crystal ball and to interpret and explain where we see the industry going. Our founder Randy Smith will do so once again at the NYU International Hospitality Industry Investment Conference in June at the New York Marriott Marquis. All of our forecasts are based on our unique database of historic performance results that we gather from the majority of U.S. hotels. We combine this with insights from our partners at Tourism Economics, which is part of the larger macroeconomic forecasting firm Oxford Economics.

Our 2012 Forecast
The continued macroeconomic recovery has resulted in some heady demand increases, and the U.S. lodging industry is poised to sell more rooms this year than ever before in history—just like it did in 2011. Based on the sound supply and demand fundamentals and nationwide occupancies of more than 60%, we increased our revenue-per-available-room forecast for the year to 5.5%. RevPAR growth for the remainder of the year will be fueled by average-daily-rate increases of approximately 4% and demand increases of approximately 2%, coupled with negligible supply growth of around 0.5%.

The 2012 Guidance from the major players
Of course, numerous other companies, most prominently amongst them our friends at PKF Hospitality Research, PricewaterhouseCoopers and the major equity analysts, also are forecasting industry performance. They have come up with somewhat more optimistic scenarios. In addition, most of the publicly traded companies gave RevPAR guidance during their first-quarter conference call. Their guidance numbers are for their own universe of hotels and not a forecast for the total U.S. lodging industry. Most lodging analysts keep a sheet such as the following in their top drawer to keep score of the many RevPAR guidance numbers. This also helps them understand larger trends in the sentiment of the publicly traded companies.

Marriott International and Starwood Hotels & Resorts probably have the most widely spread portfolio in terms of price points and therefore often are used as a bellwether for the health of the industry overall. So, given that their guidance is between 6% and 8%, and given that a number of owners published their guidance in this same range, why is the STR number decidedly lower? Asked differently, what explains the difference between the STR forecast and the companies’ guidance? Or, to paraphrase a prominent CEO of a real-estate investment trust: “What are you smoking?”

Let me point to a three-part answer:
1) Our chain-scale forecast tracks guidance.
2) Independents underperform the industry.
3) We do not believe (yet) in meaningful Group ADR growth.

Below is some more background on these three statements:

Our chain-scale forecast tracks guidance
In addition to forecasting the industry, we also produce year-end 2012 RevPAR projections by chain scale. As the following table shows, the RevPAR growth rates range from 7.9% for luxury chains to 4% for the group of non-chain affiliated hotels.

Given that a large number of publicly traded companies have exposure in the upscale and luxury segment, their guidance and our forecast actually line up when you “peel the onion” and look at the chain scales individually.

Independents underperform the industry

It is worth repeating that while the majority of conversations at conferences are focused on the brands, around one-third of all rooms are independent. We track the performance of those hotels separately and over time an interesting pattern emerges:

When looking at the post-9/11 hotel recovery and the depths of the downturn in 2009, the independent hotels underperformed their branded brothers. While during the rebound years of 2002 and 2004 the performance for chains and independents basically moved in lockstep, RevPAR growth for non-branded hotels eventually slowed while it continued to accelerate for branded hotels. During the most recent downturn, independent RevPAR declines were steeper than those for the branded hotels. And while the recovery pattern so far has exhibited a similar trajectory as observed after 9/11, it is probably not unreasonable to argue that, in the upcoming quarters, branded hotels will continue their RevPAR growth faster than their independent counterparts.

We do not (yet) believe in meaningful group ADR growth

Lastly, for the upper end of the market, we collect data that breaks out room demand and ADR for “group” (rooms sold in increments of 10 or more) and “transient” (rooms sold in increments of between 1 and 9). As the following two charts show, the ADR growth for transient and group rooms have been consistent since January 2011, but at a level that we find surprisingly weak.

As can be seen, the ADR growth for transient rooms seem to fluctuate between 3% and 5% for the last 15 months, with the most recent months showing growth around 4%. The good news is transient room rates, with the shorter booking window, can increase meaningfully as midweek and weekend occupancies continue to rise and hoteliers feel that they have pricing power. We expect that to happen throughout this fall and the summer.

Since January 2011, group ADR has been growing at a pace of between 2% and 3%. Unfortunately, this room-group-rate pace was negotiated in 2010 and 2011 based on a position of fear and limited visibility. We are afraid that despite the increases in occupancies and perceived pricing power, group room rate growth will continue to be hampered because group room rates for the fall are already “on the books” and now will be consumed in the coming months and quarters.

Putting these two rate scenarios into a model yields the following outlook for 2012:

I assume transient ADR will grow 5% (not unreasonable given the past performance) and group ADR will have a growth of 3% (maybe aggressive, maybe not, given what was negotiated for this summer and fall). This is based on historic patterns that the revenue mix on the upper end of the market is two-thirds from transient travelers and one-third from group guests. Given those ratios and assuming occupancy growth of approximately 2% (again, not unreasonable given prevailing demand patterns) a reasonable RevPAR forecast for the upper end of the market is more than 6%.

So, what are we … thinking?
Given the math and observations above, we think that our projections are perfectly reasonable. Our forecast and the publicly available guidance differ in a few key points, but I think we all agree on the prevailing sentiment of demand recovery and ADR increases in 2012 and 2013. The strength of the recovery is obviously cause for debate as not all chain scales will see similar pricing power. But, if the industry outperforms our forecast, we will be the first one to admit that we were not bullish enough. Let’s see what happens.

 



Uncategorized - The Language of Hospitality

For me, this is a pet peev – I have a somehwat more traditional expectation when it comes to the use of common courtesy phrases: I haven't yet got to the point where 'Uh-huh' can be equally substituted for 'You're welcome' or 'My pleasure'. And it's not that this is spoken with any sense of discourtesy – often times, it's merely a reflection of a common and accepted response for the Gen X, partucularly Gen Y age groups. So the issue is more about the need to train for the outcomes below bearing in mind that the personality of the team members should not be squashed in exchange for a scripted and artificial effort at courtesy. Once there is an awareness of the reason and need for use of these courtesy phrases, the opportunity to role play and develop equally friendly and welcoming responses withinin an interactive environment should be very possible.

By Doug Kennedy
Monday, 7th May 2012
 

As we have said, there is no doubt that non-verbal signals such as eye contact, body language, and facial expressions strongly help convey meaning during human interactions. Yet the words we choose also impact interpersonal communications.

Therefore it’s important to help your hospitality and guest contact staff to choose their words carefully when interacting with guests, prospects, and even their “internal” customers from other departments.

In the last article we explored numerous examples commonly used words and phrases along with better alternatives. Thanks to all of the readers who submitted their additional examples of words and phrases to focus on:

Not That: “You’ll have to….”
Say This: “May I suggest that you…” or “May I ask you to…”

When some guests hear the words “You’ll have to,” it brings out the 17 year old rebel teenager in them and they draw a line in the sand and it can often lead to one of those “Oh no I won’t!” – “Oh yes you will!” deadlocks. A much better response can be elicited when we use the phrase “May I suggest that you…”

Not That: “I can’t believe they put you in this room!” or “They were supposed to fix this problem last week!”
Say This: “I apologize for the inconvenience. Let’s see what we can do for you now.”

The hotel engineering, maintenance, and housekeeping departments are faced with the unique challenge that the majority of their guest contact comes during circumstances where something has gone wrong. It is important that they express support of other departments/divisions and avoid placing blame. A few words of empathy and a simple and sincere apology can go a long way in defusing emotionally intense guest encounters and turning things back around for the rest of their stay.

Not That: “Sure.”
Say This: “You are most welcome!”

Similar to the phrase “No problem” addressed in the previous article, this phrase is also used in response to a guest’s statement of thanks. When guests make comments such as “Wow, thank you so much for your excellence help on this,” instead of responding “Sure,” train your staff to simply say “You’re most welcome” or “It was our pleasure to assist.”

Not That: “Yes?”
Say This: “Hello, welcome! How can I assist you today?”

Similar to the commonly used greeting statement at registration of “Checkin’ in?” addressed in the previous article, I have twice in the last month been greeted at the front desk with the word “Yes?” usually with a raised eyebrow and nod. Much better to use a welcoming statement to greet the guest, even if they are there just to ask a question.

Not That: “GoodafternoonthanksforcallingBrandXHotelthisisDoug.”
Say This: “Good afternoon, thanks for calling Brand X Hotel, this is Doug?”

Some frontline associates use the right words, but they speak so quickly and without any pauses that the greeting sounds like someone talking with a mouth full of marbles. Train your staff to speak at a moderate pace and to use proper inflection, with energy.,.

Not That: “Yep” and “Uh-huh.”
Say This: “Yes,” “Absolutely.”

Encourage the staff to use proper grammar and complete words and to avoid common slang such as these.

Not That: “Your credit card was declined.”
Say This: “We were unable to get approval from your bank. Do you have another method of payment?”

When we say “Your credit card was declined” it sounds like we personally have chosen not to accept it. With the second example, the responsibility is moved to the card provider.

Not That: “All I have left is our X suites.”
Say This: “Fortunately we still have our suites available.”

When hotels are sold out, it is typically either the highest rated accommodations or the least desirable, such as those with limited views. When all you have left is all you have left, never say it’s all you have left! If you do, it will make what’s left sound like leftover dinner.

Instead present the remaining options in a positive way by saying “Fortunately what we still have open for your dates are…” When offering last-sell type rooms, first let them know about any glaringly obvious negatives, then remind them what is good about the option such as “You’ll still have all the same amenities” or “You’ll still be able to enjoy the hotel activities.”

Not That: “That special rate is not available.”
Say This: “That special rate is sold-out.”

When we tell a guest a rate is not available, it makes it sound like the rate exists, but we are not giving it to you! Better to say “That rate is sold out” and then to ask “Are your dates flexible? I’d be happy to help find that rate for other dates.”

Not That: “We can’t guarantee that…”
Say This: “We can make a note of your request.”

Sometimes hotels are not able to guarantee factors such as view, location, or connecting rooms, although it does seem to be a positive trend that hotels are increasingly moving towards “confirming” these request. Even if your operational constraints do not allow you to guarantee such requests, it is much better to focus on the “can dos” in a positive way.

It is hoped that you and your hotel managers will use the examples from this two-part series to review with your hotel team at your own in-house training or departmental meetings. In doing so, ask them to brainstorm other examples of commonly used phrases they hear every day, along with better alternatives.

Once you have exposed your hospitality team to the concept of using the language of hospitality, the next step is to reinforce it. Here are a few ideas:

  • Select a “word of the week” to eliminate. For example, pick a different word each week to challenge your staff to stop using. Challenge each associate to catch their colleagues using the word, and then to document it. Reward those who go through the whole week without using the word.
  • As they do in Toastmasters International, the organization that helps aspiring public speakers develop their skills, charge a small penalty when someone is “caught” by a supervisor or co-worker using a word from the training. For example, at Toastmasters meetings, one member is designated to be the “Ah” counter. At the end of the meeting everyone is required to deposit a dime or quarter into a bank for each time they use the crutch word or slang. The money can later be awarded to the person with the least number of “violations.”
  • Find a way to record real-world calls so that all sales and guest services staff can hear themselves talking on the phone. Then all you need to do is play back the calls and let them listen for themselves. This is a great way for everyone to learn from their own experiences so that they can improve in the future. In today’s world there are numerous new and inexpensive technology systems for recording calls. For example, many long distance companies now provide inexpensive call recording options, along with call analysis and tracking.

If you need help in finding a provider email me directly for referrals. doug@kennedytrainingnetwork.com

Doug Kennedy is President of the Kennedy Training Network, Inc. a leading provider of customized training programs and telephone mystery shopping services for the lodging and hospitality industry. Doug continues to be a fixture on the industry’s conference circuit for hotel companies, brands and associations, as he been for over two decades. Visit KTN at: www.kennedytrainingnetwork.com



Participants in the Michigan State roundtable discussed a broad range of topics related to hotel real estate and financing.

While the pace of the hotel industry’s rebound may at times seem to be excruciatingly slow, it is very real, particularly if you look street corner by street corner.

 

“I think we were all hoping for a quick rebound, but it hasn’t happened,” said Steve Kisielica at a recent roundtable discussion among members of the Real Estate & Development Advisory Council for The School of Hospitality Business at Michigan State University. Kisielica is principal of Chicago-based Lodging Capital Partners. “From the beginning to around the middle of last year we saw a mini bubble. The REITs were active and were bidding up asset values, but that changed as the economy bumped down and growth slowed. But fundamentally things are certainly better. Hotels are doing better, the economy is improving and we’re seeing a real rebound.”

 

Kisielica and others on the roundtable are particularly optimistic about the favorable supply and demand dynamics at work in the industry. As Hilton’s Matt Sparks said, “This is the first time in my career where we’re approaching stabilized occupancy in most markets and yet there is very little new supply. I think the opportunity for RevPAR growth over the next two years, specifically as it relates to rate, is going to be unprecedented.”

 

More than 30 alumni and friends of The School of Hospitality Business at Michigan State gathered last month to talk hotel real estate.

Sparks is senior vice president, luxury & corporate development, for Hilton. He and more than 25 members of the Advisory Council met in East Lansing, MI in late March to learn more about the School’s curriculum and activities and its Real Estate Specialization. Lodging Hospitality moderated a roundtable on hotel industry real estate and development issues during the meeting.

 

When We’ll Build Again
The optimism over improving industry fundamentals led the group to a discussion of when new lodging development will begin again in earnest. While analysts like STR forecast very low levels of supply growth, these executives, who for the most part work on the Main Street levels of the business, see select opportunities for new construction.

 

John Pharr, president of third-party management company Strand Development, said in recent months he’s heard more talk about potential development, particularly in the Carolinas, where he’s based and where business has come back strong.

 

“All of a sudden we’re talking to developers we haven’t seen before who want to come into these markets,” said Pharr. “They may not yet have the capital, but they’re beginning to plan ahead.”

 

John Keeling, executive vice president of Houston-based Valencia Group, says his firm is launching a new collection of Lone Star Court properties, four-star, full-service boutique properties reminiscent of roadside motels popular in the middle of the last century. The firm broke ground in March on the first Lone Star and others are planned for 20 or so college towns and/or state capitals mostly in the Sunbelt.

 

“If you’ve got the right product and the right story and the right concept, financing is there. It’s not easy, but it’s there,” said Keeling, who adds the firm was able to get 55% loan-to-value financing with a 6% non-recourse construction loan for the Austin property from a local bank.

 

Others on the panel were a little less optimistic that the pace of new development will pick up anytime soon. While some financing is available, the terms are difficult for some developers, particularly in the select-service arena, to justify.

 

“Loans with 65% leverage aren’t going to help them very much,” noted Ed Walsh, president of Alpine Realty Capital. “For the most part, they don’t have the means to put together the equity needed—three to five million dollars—for these kinds of deals. We’re not going to see supply growth in very measurable terms throughout most of the country until they can get adequate leverage.”

 

As another example, CBRE Hotels Senior Vice President Larry Kaplan recounted the story of a “prototypical small-time developer” who worked three years to find a local bank to lend him money at 75% leverage to build a Hampton Inn & Suites in a suburban location.

 

“That’s exactly my point,” said Walsh. “In the past, that developer might do one project a year; now it’s taking him three years to get one hotel developed. Until developers are able to do two or three properties at a time, we’re not going to see substantial [increases in] supply.”

 

The booming energy industry, particularly shale oil exploration, has helped hotels in a number of markets, including eastern Ohio and western Pennsylvania, noted David Sangree, president of Hotel & Leisure Advisors. “Many of these hotels are experiencing the highest occupancies in their histories, and a lot of developers are interested in building there,” he said. “The question, of course, is how long will this boom last. Will it be over in a year or will it go for 20 or 30 years?”

 

Do You Want to Buy a Hotel?
While the pace of new hotel development is uneven, the flow of transactions will continue this year as it did in 2012. Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels recently forecast the volume of select-service hotel portfolio sales will double this over 2011. But, as with development, the transactions landscape is difficult to quantify. A big unknown is hotel debt tied to the CMBS market, much of which is scheduled to come due this year and next.

 

David Johnstone of Miller Global Properties said the CMBS market never materialized because deals on the lot of the big assets were worked out.

“That CMBS market never seemed to materialize the way everyone expected,” said David Johnstone, managing principal and chief investment officer for Miller Global Properties. “I think what’s happening is for the bigger projects, deals are getting worked out.”

 

Andrew Kern, managing director of Rockwood Real Estate Advisors, brought a unique perspective to the issue since one of Rockwood’s sister companies, CW Capital, is a CMBS special servicer. As he explained, most of these assets fall into one of two categories: hotels with real value and ones that never should have been financed in the first place. The latter group holds little chance for recovery and will be expunged from the CMBS portfolios. Those assets with value and upside potential—especially those in top-tier markets—will be retained, possibly repositioned and sold sometime in the future.

 

“A lot of people put together their war chests hoping to pick up some of these assets, like they did back in the RTC (Resolution Trust Corp.) days,” said Kern. “It hasn’t happened for several reasons. For one, back in the RTC days, these were typically single assets. Now, they’re comingled with a gazillion others in a trust with several levels of bondholders. At some point, however, the servicers will be forced to sell these assets. but it won’t be the same feeding frenzy we saw during the RTC era.”

 

Rockwood Real Estate Advisor’s Andrew Kern doesn’t expect a feeding frenzy of transactions like what happened in the RTC days.

After engaging in a buying spree during the first half of 2011, public REITs have been mostly quiet since. They’re now creeping back into the market, but these days seem to be more analytical about potential deals. Geoffrey Ryskamp, an asset management analyst with Pebblebrook Hotel Trust, said his firm is opportunistic in its acquisition strategy.

 

“We’re not looking to buy hotels in specific markets just to fill those markets or spend a billion dollars so we can get to 40 hotels instead of 20 hotels. Everything is transaction by transaction,” he said. Another issue in transaction volume, said panel members, is the differences that still exist between bid and ask: what buyers are willing to pay and at what price owners are willing to sell.

 

“We’re trying to buy. We’ve got $800 million on our credit facility and a bunch of cash but the bid/ask spread is too far apart,” said Jeff Clark of Host Hotels. “We’re sitting on the sidelines waiting for the kick-the-can phenomenon to stop and the prices to come closer to what we’re willing to pay.”

 

Tier By Tier
While most public REITs and other large institutional players look for hotel acquisition deals in first-tier center-city markets, many of those on the roundtable believe there is plenty of opportunity outside the gateway cities.

 

As John Weeman, president of Partners in Development, put it somewhat tongue in cheek: “I love secondary and third-tier markets, but I’m not telling anybody why.”He then spoke of a project he’s working on in conjunction with a municipality that wants a full-service hotel but can’t afford to develop one. “So we’re building a Hilton Garden Inn and a 25,000-square-foot conference center the city pays for and suddenly my 65% (loan-to-value) loan acts like a 90% loan because I got three and a half million dollars worth of free money from the city.”

     According to Clark, even Host Hotels, which typically buys upper upscale and luxury properties in first-tier locations, is looking to dabble in smaller markets. “We have a business plan to spend $50 million to $100 million teaming up with local developers to do deals in secondary and tertiary markets to develop hotels and convention centers,” he said. “It’s a growing market.”     

 

What Could Go Wrong?
Despite the general optimism among the roundtable participants, they all realize factors beyond their control could reverse the gains the industry has experienced. For some, it’s the geopolitical factors on a worldwide scale.

 

“There are a lot of global economic factors coming into play,” noted Ted Tomaras, global chief financial officer and COO, Americas for Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels. “The Euro Zone crisis may have been averted for now, but at this point we still have Italy and Spain to worry about. And China’s growth won’t be anywhere near what many thought it would be.”

 

Job losses and travel cutbacks are another worry. Companies with properties in Washington DC and other markets with a heavy concentration of government workers are concerned. Pharr of Strand Development, which has some properties near military bases, said the Pentagon last year issued an order for a 20% cut in military travel. “I was in the Air Force Reserve for 37 years, so I know when the military says cut, they mean it,” he said.

 

Even improvement in the U.S. economy and jobs growth doesn’t guarantee additional corporate travel. “Sure, we’re seeing growth, but the caveat is that companies have learned they can get along with less so they’re in no rush to rehire people,” said Drew Dimond of Dimond Hospitality Consulting.

 

Gas prices are another worry. And while some panelists think $5 to $6-a-gallon gasoline will put “a crimp in summer travel plans,” other believe the America consumer is more resilient.

 

John Weeman cited a report from the state of Michigan that showed a spike in gas prices a couple of years ago actually contributed to an increase in overall travel. “[The study] found that instead of taking three weekend trips, some people were vacationing once for 10 days,” he said. “And besides, I believe people will take a cut in their grocery and other household budgets before they’ll take a cut in their vacations.”

 

The roundtable participants were split on what effect the outcome of this year’s presidential election will have on the economy and the hotel industry. To some, like David Johnstone of Miller Global Properties, a change in administration means capital gains taxes will remain the same, and “that’s good for those of us in real estate.” Hilton’s Matt Sparks isn’t sure it matters.

 

“I believe the impact either candidate or either party has on the overall economy or the business environment is overrated. Over time, perhaps they can influence nuances, but the downturn happened regardless of who was in office, and the recovery happened almost regardless of policy. What happens from here on out will be the result of factors much bigger than who’s in office.”

 

Keeling of Valencia Group may have had it right when he said, “Uncertainty is the problem. They can raise taxes, lower taxes or keep them the same. The idea of putting a tax cut in place that expires in a year or two doesn’t really do any of us any good because we have to plan beyond that. We’re not getting one- or two-year mortgages.”



Uncategorized - 04_’12: The SEO Obsession

Hoteliers Should Focus on More Measurable, and Realistic, Marketing Strategies
Many GMs, revenue managers and marketing directors at independent hotels are obsessed with search engine optimization (SEO) and in my opinion it’s almost entirely a waste of money and time. There’s a myth, perpetuated by digital agencies that make a lot of money from SEO consulting, that by spending thousands of dollars each month, hotels can control their position in Google search results and eventually reach the top spot. In the hospitality industry, the quest to reach one of the coveted top three slots, which receive about 80% of the click action, is futile. Here’s why:
The top three Google results are often the same when travelers search for hotels. (Note: I’m not referring to the actual first three results that top the page, because they’re paid search ads (SEM), or the directory of properties that often follows which are part of “Google places”). The number one organic Google result is (virtually) always TripAdvisor because its active social commentary on several properties in your market makes it a more relevant search result and guests visit it more often than any specific hotel website. For similar reasons, the second spot will almost always be a local lodging directory that addresses inquiries such as “Dallas hotels.” So, the third position is potentially up for grabs, but will likely be claimed by an OTA (e.g., Expedia) or a competitor that has been online for years.
If 80% of the action is in the top three slots and they’re essentially out of reach, where does that leave everyone else? If you’re spending thousands on SEO through a digital agency to move from position nine to seven, you’re likely making a bad investment when you consider other online marketing strategies that are measurable and deliver results.
Yes, there are a few basics all websites need for online discovery, but you don’t need to be an SEO expert or spend a fortune to implement or maintain them.
1. Identify Keywords: Your property’s best keywords fit a formula; what I call the ABCDs of quality hospitality industry keywords:
• Place. Where are you located? Include your city, state, region, county or any common synonym, like “Napa wine country.”
• Class of Lodging. Define your lodging type (e.g., hotel, inn, B&B, resort, spa).
• Adjectives. Use a combination of logical adjectives guests use when performing specific searches such as luxury, cheap, pet friendly, family, exotic, LGBT friendly.
• Anchor Nouns. Include local points of interest that draw travelers, such as universities, convention spaces, and seasonal events. You know these local points intrinsically, so trust your own expertise!
2. Write Basic Content: Your staff or freelance writer can easily generate property descriptions that include your keywords. Based on our internal research, we know travelers spend the majority of their time online looking at room details, so be sure to have engaging descriptions and clear, quality photos. Eliminating an agency in this step alone allows you to redirect your budget into measurable marketing efforts that drive traffic to your website.
3. Use a best practice information architecture: Don’t reinvent the wheel! Lodging website best practices are well understood by any experienced agency. Don’t have them build “a unique website for your property” — that’s agency speak for “we’re going to create a lot of billable hours for custom work.” Instead, find a vendor that can get you up and running quickly with almost no customization by re-using their existing infrastructure.

4. Don’t Buy Backlinks: Another ineffective tactic agencies often recommend to hoteliers is the purchase of backlinks (an incoming link to your website from another). This strategy is expensive and can actually hurt your ranking because Google recognizes purchased backlinks and may penalize you for having them. For backlinks to have a positive impact on your Google search ranking, they must come from respected, high-traffic websites (e.g., notable blogs or online media) that are acquired naturally and not purchased.

Better Investments
So, if you’re not wasting money moving up on Google searches, what should hoteliers focus on? Direct your online marketing activities toward those that drive traffic, engagement and conversions; these are the key performance indices that lead to success. Below are several options to investigate for your property.
1. SEM, not SEO: Search Engine Marketing (SEM) is the most effective way to directly drive traffic from your property’s best targeted keywords. SEM drives direct bookings from your web, mobile and social channels and is always measureable because you can see which ads are producing traffic and bookings. SEM gives you immediate results, unlike SEO where you never have any real sense of what specific investments led to your increase or decrease in traffic.

2. Mobile-Optimized Website: Hotel discovery and reservations are rapidly increasing on mobile devices, and many expect up to 50% of all online traffic to come from mobile users by 2014. All hotel websites must be optimized for easy viewing on smart phones, so that mobile consumers have an engaging experience that encourages direct bookings.

3. Social Media: Facebook has proven to be a valuable online marketing tool for hotels. If you haven’t started yet, now is the time to build your social presence and engage with your guests on Facebook because Google also looks at your property’s “social graph” when deciding your ranking. Word-of-mouth recommendations on Facebook also help to increase traffic to your website.

Yes, basic SEO plays a role in making hotel websites discoverable by Google, but the time has come to stop being obsessed about it. Our advice: Just walk away! Instead, spend your money on investments that offer 100% transparent ROI analysis. You’ll sleep better at night, worry less, and book more rooms. That’s no B.S.

Forest Key is the founder and CEO of buuteeq, innovator of the world’s first Cloud DMS (Digital Marketing System) for hotels, which includes a content management system, hotel web design, mobile and social digital marketing, online reservations and integrated business intelligence. Learn more at www.buuteeq.com


Articles - 03_12: PTAC & HVACs – Maintenance, Care & Tips

A common question I run into when discussing PTACs – what is the average lifespan, what are good cleaning and maintenance tips, who is best suited to perform this – maintenance crew, housekeeping or housemen – how much time should be allocated for these tasks and many other related questions, all very valid and of high impact.

Below are several articles that speak to many of these questions – if you have any thoughts to add, please do so!

 

Why upgrade? HVAC and PTAC maintenance   
 By Elliott Mest 

  

Ensuring your hotel guests are comfortable is crucial, but doing so with outdated equipment is a surefire way to suffer under ever-rising utilities costs.

 “The HVAC on your property deserves the lion’s share of investment,” said Jonathan Byrnes, vertical market manager for hospitality at LG Electronics USA. “The number one consumer of power in your building will be your HVAC, and it is your infrastructure. When the air conditioning is bad in a room, a guest might stay the night and not come back for a second time, but if there is no air conditioning at all they will leave and never come back.”

Randy Dawes, corporate director of facilities at Select Hotels, worked to counter rising utilities costs. “We’ve definitely been more diligent in replacing the [climate controls] in our HVAC systems in order to be more efficient,” said Dawes. Many of the modern HVAC climate system controls have built in occupancy and humidity detectors that automatically shift their energy output in order to maximize the comfort being distributed alongside energy output.

“The energy efficiency afforded by these new controls is difficult to compare to older models, and the units themselves are getting smaller,” said Dawes. “Large, modern commercial HVACs can automatically throttle down its power output as a room becomes comfortable, which saves a large amount of money on unnecessary power costs that you avoid with proper controls.”

“Right now in the hotel industry there is a lot of emphasis on turning over properties to independent franchisors,” said Byrnes. “If you are selling a property you want to make sure your appliances are updated, or you will never get your asking price. Aside from that, inefficient A/C makes guests angry and raises costs.”

For smaller hotels that are unable to afford the large machinery of an HVAC, there is PTAC maintenance. The majority of operators upgrade their PTAC equipment on an as-needed basis, but how often these pieces of equipment are cycled out depends on size of hotel and location. According to Kevin Wiggs, regional manager of Champion Hotels, 10 PTACs might be recycled per year in a hotel operating 70 rooms.

Dawes said that his PTACs are on a five- or seven-year cycle based on the hotel’s placement in the country. “PTACs tend to have shorter lives in the southern states, and the rule is generally that any state above Kentucky will try and stretch out a PTAC for seven years.”  

Dawes has recommendations for hotels that are actively replacing obsolete PTACs: purchased machines that use transcendental wheel technology over fan blades, which work to reduce noise. “A PTAC is a negative sound and visual impact on a room, and can degrade the room’s quality,” said Dawes. “With transcendental wheels you can lower the overall noise, which we are proponents of.”

Dawes also pointed out changes in EPA regulations, mandating that the effectiveness of PTACs must increase. “In limited-service properties, a PTAC is a major part of the room, so it is an important thing to look into.”

Due to cost of a HVAC, hoteliers are forced to consider when to make the investment. Jonathan Byrnes says that the time is now.

“There are state and local rebates available for upgrading to modern HVAC technology, and it is a good time to upgrade,” said Byrnes. “Any time is a good time to update your controls, especially if you are operating a building [constructed] in the late 80s or early 90s. You might have a good boiler that can last 20 to 30 years, but there is just no way it is being efficient after all that time.”

Operations: ACs and HVACs

4 Apr, 2011By: Esther HertzfeldHotel and Motel Management

     
 



 
Jim Clements, VP of operations for Innworks

A vital part of hotel guestrooms, packaged terminal air conditioning units must be properly maintained in order to perform effectively and efficiently, according to Jim Clements, VP of operations for Innworks.

“PTACs are vital to a good guest experience,” he said. “They must be in appropriate working order to offer that experience.”

Clements, who has been in the hotel/hospitality operations business for more than 30 years, has created a PTAC checklist for Innworks’ three properties to follow in order to maintain good PTAC systems.

Clements gives the Innworks’ GMs and the maintenance staff a checklist each month for PTAC maintenance. Every room’s PTAC is checked at least once a month and as needed.
 

The cleaner the PTACs are, the better the units run and the lower the utility costs are, Clements said.

โ—พ Each month, every PTAC filter is cleaned.
โ—พ Drip trays are cleaned every month or as needed because “they can smell,” Clements said.
โ—พ The coils are cleaned twice a year or as needed.
โ—พ The outside grills are checked regularly to make sure none of them are bent, which affects air flow.

“This is just the basics that should be taken care of,” Clements said. “Air conditioners can last a significant amount of time — as long as you take care of them properly.”

Clements has a sign-off form that each GM needs to check off on each month. Several times a year Clements visits each property and checks the units in each room, among other maintenance checks.

Every PTAC manufacturer recommends a complete cleaning of each unit at least once per year or more, if conditions warrant.

In dusty or corrosive environments such as near construction sites or salt water, cleaning must be performed more often, sometimes up to four times a year. In addition to cleaning the filters, fans, fan shrouds, drain passages and base pan, all coils in each unit should be thoroughly cleaned.


 

Sleep Inn room

Recommendations for HVAC, PTAC maintenance and prolonging product life

Keep the unit clean. Dirty filters impede the flow of air across the (indoor) evaporator coil. This makes the heat exchange process less efficient and forces the compressor to run longer to achieve the desired temperature.

โ–  It is recommended that the air filter be cleaned twice a month or more depending on the environmental conditions using lukewarm water.
โ–  The chassis/coils should be cleaned every three to four months depending on environmental conditions. Nonpressurized water and a mild detergent are recommended for cleaning.
โ–  Do not use any cleaner containing acetone or ammonia, that is alkaline-based or any acidic cleaners.

Make sure the housekeeping staff adjusts the temperature when they are cleaning a room. If they continually forget to do this, you can have units running anywhere from 12 – 14 hours per day with no occupants; this wastes large amounts of money and energy.
Watch for signs of poor working order. Banging noises are a sure indicator that the unit is in need of service. To ignore this problem will lead to unit failure.

If the unit seems to be running all the time or overly long, this is a clear indication of a problem. If this happens, the unit is not reaching the temperature set point or is operating inefficiently. Have the unit repaired immediately so you don’t waste energy or money running a unit that can’t handle the workload.

Source: Ben Broido, national sales manager, PTAC, LG Electronics USA.


Are your PTAC units in proper shape to keep guests cool?

Many Choice Hotels International franchisees use packaged terminal air conditioning systems to heat and cool their guestrooms. PTACs help franchisees reduce utility costs because the systems are localized and only heat and cool occupied rooms. But proper maintenance and cleaning are essential to keep these systems working efficiently and to ensure that every guest has a pleasant stay.

PTACs that are not cleaned regularly have a tendency to emit odors that guests often find unacceptable. In fact, many Choice franchisees have failed QAR inspections due to poor maintenance of their PTACs.

Most PTAC manufacturers recommend a complete cleaning at least once a year. If local conditions warrant, cleanings may be required up to four times each year. Frequent cleanings are particularly important in dusty or corrosive environments, such as near construction sites or salt water. A well-maintained PTAC system could last seven to 10 years, with that figure dropping significantly when units are neglected.

PTAC filters, fans, fan shrouds, drain passages and base pans can be cleaned with basic equipment — bristle brushes, towels and vacuum cleaners are usually sufficient. Keeping the filters clean is essential for energy efficiency. Dirty filters can restrict airflow, which makes the engine work much harder. In addition to using more energy, this could shorten the life of the PTAC system.

It is also extremely important to clean the base pan. The most common cause of unpleasant odors from PTAC systems is the accumulation of condensation. If water sits in the base pan for an extended period of time, it becomes stagnant and the base pan becomes a breeding ground for odor-causing bacteria.

While cleaning most parts of a PTAC system is fairly simple, cleaning the heating and cooling coils is not. This process usually requires that the PTAC system be removed from the wall and taken to a remote work area. The chemicals used to clean coils can be toxic. If they are applied to the PTAC system in a guestroom, the chemicals could get onto carpeting, curtains or upholstered surfaces. This could be dangerous for future guests and it could damage the fabric.

While some companies sell products that they claim make it easy to clean the coils in the guestrooms, hotel operators should take every precaution to ensure health and safety. This usually means removing PTAC systems from guestrooms prior to cleaning so that the chemicals can be applied and discarded safely.

Zoneline PTAC

Removal of the systems from the wall requires care to ensure that electrical cords and other PTAC components are not damaged. Removal of PTAC units typically requires two people because PTACs can weigh 150 pounds or more.

Hotels with large engineering or maintenance staffs typically handle PTAC cleaning themselves. Smaller properties often hire contractors because the hotels may not have the equipment or personnel necessary to move and clean the systems properly. When PTACs are removed from guestrooms for cleaning, the rooms are unusable for at least one day, sometimes longer.

When the systems are returned to the guestrooms, the maintenance staff should check for anything near the PTACs that could restrict airflow. Trees or shrubs on the outside of the hotel may need to be trimmed, and mulch or debris may have to be removed. Inside the room, furniture should not be positioned too close to the system.

These simple maintenance suggestions should help franchisees extend the life and performance of their PTAC systems. Guests will have more comfortable visits and owners can reduce their operating costs. Proper PTAC maintenance is a winning proposition for everyone.

Source: Choice Hotels International.


 

Fredrichxx PTAC

Cleaning PTAC coils efficiently

Various methods have been used to clean the coils in a PTAC, including the use of a soft bristle brush and vacuum or blower, a garden hose and pump spray bottle, pressure washers and steam cleaners. Traditionally, the PTAC is removed from its wall sleeve and taken to a remote work area where cleaning is performed. This cleaning process is time consuming and leaves the room unusable until the PTAC is reinstalled. Additionally, extra care must be taken to protect electrical components from overspray when hoses, steam cleaners or pressure washers are used.

Source: www.goodway.com/ptac-coil-cleaner.aspx.



Uncategorized - 03_12: HSIA: Bandwidth, Speed, Cost & Expectations

And you thought this was a dilema 5 years ago?! Well, guests travel with more devises, demand more and faster bandwidth and want it to flow like a hot shower -available on demand, flowing fast …. and free.

Some extracts from an article that captures the issues: highlights are listed below, click here for the full meal deal. 

 

Juggling connectivity cost and consumer demand

26 March 2012 6:51 AM


By Brendan Manley
HotelNewsNow.com contributor

 


Story Highlights

  • From laptops to smartphones to tablets, guests are now looking to connect all these devices simultaneously to a hotel's network, preferably for free, potentially draining greater bandwidth than ever before.
  • Whether a hotel opts to charge for broadband, owners can expect to sink dollars into infrastructure, one way or another.
  • Greater value, and hopefully fewer headaches, can also be gained by relying on a provider who bundles wired/Wi-Fi connectivity with other services such as TV, video, gaming, etc., because the platforms all utilize the same infrastructure.

 

Extracts

  • Now, many guests arrive at a hotel after leaving homes equipped with some serious bandwidth, plus countless channels and unlimited streaming movies. On the road, these travelers come armed with an array of mobile devices
  • "Universally, I can look at my guest satisfaction scores, and I can say that people generally are going to comment about three things overall: They don't like paying for Internet, the speed is too slow, or they have difficulty connecting,"..
  • "If it's too slow, it goes off, or it drops, the guest will remember that longer than he'll remember if his coffee was cold or his BLT didn't have chips with it when it arrived."
  •  "It's one thing having a basic service for free, but it's important to have a service that works at a reasonable cost. It's better not to give it away free than to have it not working."
  • Another solution gaining momentum is tiered billing, which essentially offers several classes of fees, based on usage levels… "Make sure your provider has tiered bandwidth options. If he doesn't, don't go there,"
  • Whether a hotel opts to charge for broadband, owners can expect to sink dollars into infrastructure anyway….. nowadays, more access points are often needed, especially because the newest breed of Apple devices are notorious for having weaker antennae.
  • "What we're finding is that hotels that got wired as little as three years ago are now having to get their Wi-Fi people back in to increase the density,"
  • Today, IT professionals are urging owners and developers to invest in the best fiber-optic connectivity possible, then configure the rest of the data architecture from there.
  • Greater value, and hopefully fewer headaches, can also be gained by relying on a provider who bundles wired/Wi-Fi connectivity with other services such as TV, video, gaming, etc. because the platforms can all utilize the same infrastructure.
  • For now, experts say all hoteliers can do is provide the most bandwidth possible in their properties because it's a near certainty guests will use it. That may involve charging a nominal fee per guest to offset the rising costs of hardware upgrades, but in the long run guests are still more willing to pay for a service that works than one that leaves them lagging.


Articles - 03_12: Hotel financing available for right borrowers

22 March 2012 9:55 AM
By Stephanie Wharton
Reporter
swharton@hotelnewsnow.com
 


Story Highlights
  • There is money in the market for the right borrowers with the right business plans. It’s just a matter of whether borrowers are willing to accept recourse.
  • Construction plans need to be in-depth before getting financing for construction, said Jennifer Dakin of Wells Fargo.
  • “As a borrower, I worry when a lender’s not making money. Today, even with rates low, lenders are making money,” said Thayer Lodging’s Chris Allman.

ATLANTA—Banks still are iffy on construction financing and international lending, but panelists at the 2012 Hunter Hotel Investment Conference said there is money in the market for the right borrowers with the right business plans.

It’s just a matter of whether borrowers are willing to accept recourse, said Raphael Fishbach, principal at Mesa West Capital.

At Wells Fargo, Jennifer Dakin, senior VP and team leader of the company’s hospitality finance group, is doing recourse and non-recourse deals and pricing deals differently for both.

Developments, renovations and conversions typically are requiring 40% to50% recourse, Dakin said. Non-recourse deals are priced at Libor plus 400 basis points.

Lenders at Wells Fargo generally are looking to finance deals priced at more than $20 million but will go less than that for the right sponsor, Dakin said.

And to size those loans, cash flow is the first factor the company is taking into account. “We generally are looking at a 10%, 11% going in debt yield and looking for 12%, 13%, 14%-plus at stabilization,” Dakin said.

Debt yield
During the past 18 months or so, lenders have started to discuss the concept of debt yield, which has always been present in lender statements and credit memos but never spoken about with the borrowers, said Peter Berk, president of PMZ Hotel Finance Group.

“(Debt yield is) something you can calculate and size your loan yourself,” Berk said. Before speaking to a lender, borrowers can do much of the math upfront and talk the same language of the lender once they meet. To calculate debt yield using net operating income, divide the NOI by the loan amount. A property with NOI of $2 million that is seeking a loan of $20 million, for example, would have a debt yield of 10%.

Fishbach’s group at Mesa West is taking on a little more risk when it comes to financing than Dakin’s team at Wells Fargo. “We’re financing more of the story transactions.”

The company is looking at loans that are probably a little lower yield at the beginning of the deal. “We’re looking at the story as it relates to the transaction and the business plan, not so much as how it relates to the cash flow,” Fishbach said.

As a smaller group with approximately 30 people in the company, Fishbach said the company’s method of growth is by maintaining strong relationships with borrowers and doing more than one deal with each sponsor.

“We seek out the really strong borrowers and tend to follow them,” Fishbach said. For Mesa West, there are not many markets out of play as long as the sponsors have strong experience in their particular markets.

Fishbach’s team is pricing deals at 6% to 8% and looking to finance in the $15-million to $100-million range. However, Fishbach said the company closed on a $130-million deal during the fourth quarter and is working on a $12-million deal, he said.

These days, it is easier to get financed for larger loan amounts of $50 million rather than smaller amounts of $5 million, said Chris Allman, VP of finance and capital markets at Thayer Lodging.

“If anyone wants to start a business out there and you could raise the money to lend at under $10 million, you’d make a killing,” Berk said. “The reality is that it takes the same amount of time to write a $10-million deal (as) it does to write a $50-million deal.”


Construction financing
When the topic of construction lending came up, Dakin said Wells Fargo is lending but made it clear they are not aggressively doing so.

“Yes,” she whispered into her mic when asked whether her bank was doing construction financing.

Construction plans need to be in-depth before getting financing for construction, Dakin said. Wells Fargo is not going to finance unless the team is pretty certain it is looking at a solid development plan. “You need to have all your ducks in a row,” she said.

“There are very few markets where it makes sense to build,” Allman said.

PMZ is taking on construction financing but only in the major markets, such as New York, Philadelphia and Baltimore, Berk said.

“We’ve seen a lot of what I call local relationship lenders go back to the construction market, albeit with a push,” Berk said. If the borrower pays down the local lender even if the borrower is at lending capacity, the lender might be willing to entertain the idea of doing another construction loan. The lender not having anything outstanding with the borrower is likely to spur activity.

Cautious lending
Banks are proceeding with caution when it comes to international lending, panelists said.

“We’re not eager to jump into international lending,” Dakin said. Wells Fargo would entertain Hawaii and possibly London, but would not look at markets such as the Bahamas, she said.

Fishbach said the only market outside the mainland U.S. Mesa West would consider is Hawaii.

Resorts also are highly risky these days, Allman said. Because of the many components, he said he is not interested in the market. “It’s a scary place,” he said.

Wells Fargo, on the other hand, is doing deals for resorts, Dakin said.

Looking ahead
Fishbach is concerned about rates going into the future. “One thing that scares me is our addiction to low Libor. The base rate has to go up,” he said.

Allman does not see rates changing much, but that isn’t necessarily a bad thing.

“As a borrower, I worry when a lender’s not making money,” Allman said. “Today, even with rates low, lenders are making money. They are getting large spreads, their cost of capital is cheap, and business is functioning well.”



Uncategorized - ‘Near Term Nirvana’ – Is Yours Flowing To The Bottom Line?

I like the characterization by Mark Woodworth of PKF Consulting – 'Near Term Nirvana' to describe the state of lodging performance through 2016!
 
PKF forecasts 5.8 percent U.S. RevPAR growth in 2012
 
Click here for the full article.
Near-Term Nirvana

"US hoteliers have never enjoyed such an extended period of favorable market conditions. We are in the midst of a six-year run during which lodging demand will outpace supply, hotel revenues will increase a cumulative 43.7 percent, and unit-level net operating income will rise 83.2 percent. This is truly unprecedented and will likely result in accelerated, and significantly greater, levels of capital investment into the domestic lodging industry," Woodworth concluded.

 
So the real issue about whether the nirvana is near or 'less near': realizing the rate growth projected is, of course, so dependent on your back yard. Let's say that you are poised to capitalize on this opportunity (check your STR report so see if you've been able to match, or exceed, your comp set performance on rate over the past 12 months for a good indicator of your readiness):
  • Is your budgeted house profit (revenues – departmental expenses [variables]) projected to grow around 85% of the incremental revenues? (as relates to incremental room revenues)
  • If there's room growth included in your budget, your HP should grow between 75%-85% of this incremental room revenue.
 
Now that would be Nirvana! Check your budgets ….
 
 
BTW: if you want a free assessment of your property STAR Report, send me a monthly Excel version and I'll provide you with my perspective.


Uncategorized - School Spring Vacations – You Can Recharge Too!

School breaks have traditionally been a good source of leisure demand for many classes of hotels -

  • highway properties on route to destination locations (beaches, for one),
  • those close to attractions (theme parks),
  • those close to major urban centers and with some resort features (attractive pools, etc.)

According to a recent article by David Becher, RRC Associates and published on HotelNewsNow.com, an interesting phenomenon will occur this year with Easter Sunday falling on April 8th, earlier than last year: (quotes from article)

  • 44% of school districts in the research sample have scheduled their 2012 spring break to overlap with Easter weekend. More school districts will be on vacation that weekend than any other weekend in March or April 2012.
  • Only 15% of school districts were on spring break the same weekend last year (Easter occurred on April 24th last year)
  • School spring breaks will occur during a more compressed period this year than last. Specifically, a higher share of school district breaks will occur between Saturday, 24 March and Friday, 13 April this year than last, as an increased share of schools move their spring breaks close to Easter


Full article is available by clicking here – also includes information on university vacation breaks.

This compressed break period will allow for potential marketing opportunities for all hotels who cater to this segment:

  • Consider packages tailored to the transient leisure market carrying kids
  • Landing pages with key words vacationers will be searching for – attractions close to you, things to do, value added amenities
  • Guests are looking for an experience – sell your suites by selling the experience of space and luxury
  • If you have a database of guests, invite them with added value – late check outs, gas cards or discounts for multi-night stays, welcome amenities, hotel restaurant coupons and so on.

Some earlier newsletters with ideas that may interest you:

  1. Summer travel
  2. Upselling


Uncategorized - 01_12: Lodging Interactive Offers 5 Tips to Making Web Strategies ‘Fresh’

 

2012-01-10

 

With the recent roll-out of Google's 'Freshness Update,' hotels can maintain a high search ranking if they follow five steps outlined by hospitality's social media marketing agency

If visitors to your website are receiving stale information from random search engines, Google's new "Freshness Update" (which effects how the popular search engine brings up results for searches) may be your hotel's new best friend. Lodging Interactive, an award winning interactive and social media marketing agency exclusively servicing the hospitality industry, is offering five simple strategies that hotels can incorporate into their online marketing plan that will make it easier to obtain or maintain a high Google status. By using these strategies and publishing accurate and entertaining date-stamped material, hotels will increase their Google ranking and be at the top of a user’s search results. 

 

"Just because a hotel updates or makes corrections to its webpage doesn't automatically increase its freshness value," said D.J. Vallauri, Lodging Interactive President and CEO. "Google determines the freshness the first time it crawled the page. The goal of Freshness Update is to deliver the most recent or current information to users when they enter a query. It does this by searching for web pages that are time stamped, which indicates when the information or webpage was created. Sometimes web pages can be time stamped in days or even in minutes. This is crucial for businesses in the hospitality industry that covet the top spots in Google’s search results because it underlines the importance of presenting and maintaining up-to-date information on their websites." 

 

To take advantage of Google's Freshness Update, Lodging Interactive offers the following five strategies to incorporate into an online marketing plan: 

  1. Publish more press releases. Keep visitors informed of the latest happenings within your hotel. The information in press releases is time sensitive and Google will pick up on this. Coming out with new press releases on a weekly basis is a good idea because each press release will probably lose its “ranking” within a few days. It’s an easy and fast way to get a property name and website out there in the top search results.
  2. Create a blog for your website. Display information on a host of different topics that is fun and interesting for people to read. Starting a blog is easy. If you already have a blog, make sure to keep adding entries on a regular basis. Be sure that your blog contains link bait pieces that tie into your content. Not only will you keep your website at the top of Google’s search results, but you’ll keep your regular followers intrigued with new and interesting tidbits of information.
  3. Become familiar with popular social media. It's important to use top social media sites such as Facebook, Google +1 and Twitter to market your hotel. The good thing about these social media sites is that your hotel's followers and customers are able to assist you with your “freshness” by adding their own comments or content and promoting your site to others. As long as your business is monitoring outside content, it’s a great way to establish current content every day.
  1. Get picked-up by Google News. It can have a huge impact on your ranking in Google. 
  2. Contact CoMMingle by Lodging Interactive for a free Social Media Marketing Audit. CoMMingle will review each hotel's Internet plan to ensure that social media channels, word of mouth marketing, experiential marketing, reputation and consumer sentiment monitoring and social search engine optimization are being properly managed and maintained.

 

As hoteliers implement these strategies to improve their property's freshness status, they also need to make sure they are using time-stamps correctly and using the following dating format Google recommends: YYYY-MM-DD, or 2011-12-31. It's also imperative that hoteliers update XML sitemaps regularly every time they publish new information on the website.

 

"Think of your website like a cup of coffee," Vallauri said. "Topping-off your cup (adding new photos only to your webpage) may make it more satisfying (visually appealing), but if the joe isn't fresh (adding proper time stamps/dating formats), you could end up with a bitter taste in your mouth (turning off visitors because your site doesn't appear in top search listings due to old content,  thereby sending them to your competition). Remember, adding a little sugar (press releases and blogs) goes a long way (customers will talk you up via Facebook, Twitter, Google +1, and Google News will pick you up). If you're not sure what kind of coffee suits your taste or that of your customers, ask a Barista (CoMMingle). 

 

For more ways to more effectively market your hotel, call Richard Walsh, Lodging Interactive VP of Business Development at (877) 291-4411 or visit www.lodginginteractive.com.

 

 

 

About Lodging Interactive

Lodging Interactive, headquartered in Parsippany, NJ, is an award winning leading provider of Internet Marketing Services to the hospitality, spa and restaurant industries. The company provides a portfolio of effective hotel Internet marketing services to hundreds of hotels, resorts, ownership properties, spas and restaurants. Clients include branded hotels from nearly every major brand as well as prestigious, landmark independent hotels.

Through its CoMMingle Social Media Marketing Agency operating division, the Company offers hospitality focused and fully managed outsourced hotel social media marketing customized solutions.

Lodging Interactive is an award winning interactive marketing agency and has been recognized as a leader by the International Academy of Visual Arts, Interactive Media Awards, Web Marketing Association and Travel Weekly’s Magellan Awards.

 

Lodging Interactive is a proud supporter of the Hotel Sales & Marketing Association International (HSMAI) and a proud member of the Asian American Hotel Owners Assn. (AAHOA). For more information contact Richard Walsh, Vice President of Business Development at sales@lodginginteractive.com or at 877-291-4411. The company’s website is located at www.LodgingInteractive.com

 

Pasted from <http://www.htrends.com/researcharticle60474.html>



Uncategorized - The 2012 Forecast and You – Get Your Fair Share!

 

The latest estimates for 2012 have just been published from STR, PwC and PKF: firstly, a drumroll – each are projecting continued growth into next year albeit at a lower level than 2011

 


Forecast

2012 RevPar

2011 RevPar

STR

3.9%

7.7%

PwC

6.5%

7.8%

PKF

6.2%

8.1%

Full article is available here

 

Interestingly, around 80% of this growth in RevPar is anticipated in higher rate. According to the most recent TravelClick Perspective (November '11), transient ADR is showing the strongest growth over the upcoming 3 future quarters of committed bookings. Groups rate is growing but at half that rate (in the top 25 markets). See full report here

 

So, more importantly, how can you benefit from this maximally?

 

Your properties are towards the tail end of their RFP season, for the most part – hopefully they have been firm in the rate proposals and had some good discussions with national account reps and travel managers to explain the value proposition for these increases: now the focus shifts to your local negotiated rate accounts (LNR). Here your sales team should have a good relationship with the local contacts through whom these negotiations will likely take place.

 

  1. To increase ADR is not necessarily synonymous with raising the face rate higher: you can chip away at the bottom end of your rate scale and still achieve a higher ADR – and it's less painful for the client and your sales team.
  1. Assess contribution over 2011

    1. Assess DOW stay pattern – if there is displacement, consider this when you formulate rate
    2. Review LOS – this should impact your rate determination – shoulder days are most valuable
    1. Know if the contribution was project based or ongoing traffic – and how it will fare in 2012
  1. Planning for 2012

    1. If you have multiple room types, provide a rate that is tiered as well – that way you can collect a premium when your standard rooms are full: this will have a significant impact on your account ADR
    1. If the pattern is primarily M/T/W: let your account know of the impact to you and the reason for the higher increase – definitely, here you want to tier
    2. Consider a season variation in rate – although not viewed favorably, it will help offset displacement cost and it will allow you to keep increases at a lower level.
    3. Don't forget to consider the source – commissionable or net rate.
    4. If the pattern is going to be focused as a project, consider this as a group rate rather than an LNR. You can offer a more appropriate rate in this situation.
    5. Lower priced accounts – if the account is large and courted by many others, it is important to accurately determine what your value proposition is and how you can offer a value-add that will trump your competition. Often, it will start with an open-minded conversation with the decision-maker about what they value and then exploring how you can deliver this at a lower cost to you. Perhaps the account has become under-priced at your hotel over the years of concessions: shop the competition and you'll know what the market is willing to offer – this will give you comfort in how far you can raise the bottom.
    6. Shop the comp set for the rates they are offering to key demand generators – are you in line? If you are branded, check your account IDs and GDS codes for some large accounts – then shop your comp brand sites with theses codes – you'll be surprised what you learn!

 

Remember, market are trending upwards – don't be shy about soliciting for your fair share of the increase the company will be facing in every market they work in.

 

Good luck and please contact me for any specific assistance in strategizing for your 2012 planning.

Wishing you all a Happy Thanksgiving weekend ahead – hope you will all be blessed with joyous time with your friends and family.



Uncategorized - How to Test Hotel Feasibility

The article below, from Steve Rushmore, speaks of 2 rules of thumb to assess high level feasibility in hotel development

  1. Using a formula that, essentially, boils down to using the stabilized revenue level to determine a feasible land acquisition cost: for most areas, he suggests 50% of this stabilized revenue: for prime city locations he suggests this can be raised to 100%
  2. For total development cost, he suggests that a room revenue multiplier is a helpful tool: this has been a part of a high level assessment for an age – he suggests a formula that amounts up to a multiplier of x2.7

What do you think? Have you used this in your considerations? Does it work in this market? When you perform your more detailed evaluations, do they match up to this quick assessment?

Leave a comment on my blog

Nagib Lakhani

RevMax Hospitality Consulting Services

How to Test Hotel Feasibility – By Steve Rushmore
Date: 2011-09-28

When designing a hotel, the architect and development team need to create a project that is ultimately economically feasible. Unless the hotel’s owner is ego driven rather than economically motivated, most investors are looking for a return on their invested capital. Since feasibility means different things to different people, and as a hotel consultant having prepared thousands of feasibility studies, I have been asked to provide my perspective on this topic.
Steve Rushmore's August 2011 column in Lodging Hospitality magazine.

When designing a hotel, the architect and development team need to create a project that is ultimately economically feasible. Unless the hotel’s owner is ego driven rather than economically motivated, most investors are looking for a return on their invested capital. Since feasibility means different things to different people, and as a hotel consultant having prepared thousands of feasibility studies, I have been asked to provide my perspective on this topic.

The process I like to use for determining whether a proposed hotel is economically feasible is to compare the total project cost (including land) with the hotel’s estimated economic value on the date it opens. A feasible project is one where the economic value is greater than the cost. Accurately estimating the total project cost is a relatively simple process for the architect and development team. However, determining the economic value is much more complicated.

The first step in the valuation process is to perform a market study where the local hotel demand is quantified and allocated among the existing and proposed supply of lodging facilities. The allocation of roomnight demand is based on the relative competitiveness of all the hotels in the market. The end result is a projection of demand captured by the proposed subject hotel, which is then converted into an estimate of annual occupancy. A similar procedure is used to project the average room rate.

The second step is to project the hotel’s operating revenue and expenses based on the previously estimated occupancy and room rate. This results in an estimate of annual net operating income. Most consultants use a five- to 10-year projection period, so this process needs to be repeated for each year.
The last step is to convert the projected NOI into an estimate of value using a weighted cost of capital discounted cash flow procedure. The end result is an estimate of economic value that can be compared to the total project cost.

Some consultants will substitute a net present value calculation or determine the internal rate of return (IRR) for the last step. However, I prefer using the economic value approach because you end up comparing “apples with apples” — i.e. cost with value.

As you can see, this process of determining economic value requires local market knowledge, hotel financial expertise and experience with valuation methodology. Luckily for architects and hotel developers, there are two simple rules of thumbs that will provide a rough approximation as to whether a project is economically feasible.

The first thumb rule tests the cost of the land to determine whether it exceeds a supportable economic land value. The following formula calculates economic land value:

Occupancy x ADR x Rooms x 365 x .04 / .08 = Economic Land Value.

As example, a proposed hotel is being considered on a parcel of land that can be acquired for $3,800,000. Zoning permits the development of 200 rooms. Based on local market conditions, the proposed hotel should achieve a stabilized occupancy of 70% and an average room rate of $150. Using these inputs the Economic Land Value would be calculated as follows:

.70 Occupancy x $150 ADR x 200 Rooms x 365 x .04 / .08 = $3,832,500.

The calculation shows the Economic Land Value is above the cost of the land so the developer is not overpaying for the land. If the land cost was $4,000,000 or above, the developer needs to re-evaluate the project because it’s not supported by the hotel’s underlying economics. Perhaps additional rooms could be added, which would increase the room count or a higher quality of hotel developed would increase the average room rate. This Economic Land Value formula works well in most markets. For prime center city locations the .04 factor can be moved up to .08.

The second rule of thumb is the Average Rate Multiplier formula. This is a very simple way to approximate a hotel’s total economic value. The formula is as follows:

ADR x Rooms x 1,000 = Economic Value

Using the numbers from the example above produces the following Economic Value:

$150 x 200 x 1,000 = $30,000,000

If the hotel’s total development cost is over $30,000,000, there could be a feasibility problem. In most cases where the development cost is significantly higher than the economic value it is because the local market’s average room rate is too low to support the contemplated improvements. In these situations the proposed plans and specifications need to be scaled back in order to produce a lower total project cost, which might then create a feasible project.

One additional point of reference looks at the percentage relationship between the hotel’s land cost and the economic value. In this example, the value of the land is approximately 13% of the overall economic value ($3,832,500/30,000,000 = 13%). This relationship should be no more than 15% to 20%. In other parts of the world where labor cost is low, this percentage relationship can be higher.

Using these hotel feasibility rules of thumb combined with a professionally prepared study will insure the architect and developer are not creating a project that has no economic viability. As with any rule of thumb, there are numerous exceptions that need to be factored into the evaluation. Before abandoning a project because the rules don’t produce the desired results, it is a good time to call in a professional consultant to prepare a more in depth analysis to either verify or dispute the conclusions produced by the rules of thumb.

Stephen Rushmore is president and founder of HVS, a global hospitality consulting organization with offices around the world. Steve has provided consultation services for more than 12,000 hotels throughout the world during his 35-year career and specializes in complex issues involving hotel feasibility, valuations and financing. He can be reached at srushmore@hvs.com or 516 248-8828 ext. 204.

www.hvs.com

This article comes from Hotel News Resource
http://www.hotelnewsresource.com

The URL for this story is:
http://www.hotelnewsresource.com/article58299.html



Uncategorized - Small deals face big obstacles

27 September 2011 9:28 AM
By Jeff Higley
Editorial Director
jeff@hotelnewsnow.com


Story Highlights
  • Determining a hotel’s value is among the most difficult steps.
  • PIPs and CapEx issues are the culprits in a lot of stalled deals.
  • The limited financing that is available has somewhat favorable terms.

PHOENIX—It’s not just the lack of financing options that’s keeping a large number of limited-service hotels from being sold. Transactions experts said during the “Deals Under $20 Million” panel held during last week’s Lodging Conference there are plenty of reasons for the lack of deals.

Lee Hunter, chief operating officer for Hunter Realty Associates, said the hotel industry has always been a street-corner business and some hotel owners don’t take into account individual markets when they set expectations for a selling price.

“The bid-ask spread (is a common problem),” Hunter said. “What is the value?”

 

Hunter said he regularly runs into hotel owners in secondary and tertiary markets who use a transaction in Manhattan as the guideline for their selling price—and that’s a big problem.

“There is a misconception of value for a lot of properties,” he said. “We get put in a tough spot. How do you tell someone their daughter’s ugly?”

Gus Stamoutsos, executive VP of development for Wyndham Hotel Group, said the required cost of much-needed property-improvement plans is another situation that stalls a number of sub-US$20-million transactions.

“In many cases there are shortfalls and the buyer can’t get more money to do some of the PIP,” he said. “They ask if they can push things out for some period of time, and we allow it when we can. With PIPs, we’re making sure we’re addressing the end product is what the customer wants and what we want.”

Hunter said there also are situations in which the buyer has enough money for a standard PIP but doesn’t have enough to cover the property’s deferred maintenance.

“It’s the (capital expenditure) dollars that haven’t been spent that are the problem,” he said. “It’s the roof that needed to be replaced two years ago and wasn’t that causes a lot of issues in deals not happening.”

Rick Rogovin, VP of Wells Fargo Bank’s Hospitality Finance Group, added that soon-to-expire ground leases that were set up by inexperienced lenders and attorneys two decades ago also have foiled some deals.

“The challenge (with ground leases) is that there’s a lot of ambiguity in the language,” said Matthew Le Master, partner with Davis Wright Tremaine LLP.

Michael Sonnabend, managing partner with PMZ Hotel Finance Group, said because there are more deals seeking capital than there is capital seeking deals, issues with PIPs or soon-to-expire ground leases often are placed at the bottom of the pile—and in some cases are thrown out entirely.

“In a deal with a wacky ground lease, and you have six other deals to look at, you will look at those six first,” Sonnabend said. “We’re not at a point where it’s so frothy that a lender’s going to do a wacky deal just to get it done.”

Coming to terms
When it comes to refinancing the under-US$20-million assets, the deals that are getting done have specific terms attached, according to Sonnabend.  The refinances typically are for five years or 10 years, and have non-recourse interest rates of about 6% on a five-year deal and a little more than 6% on a 10-year loan. The strike zone for loan-to-value is between 65% and 70%. He said typical debt yields run around 11% to 12%.

“Six-and-a-quarter (percent interest) is not so bad to have for the next 10 years,” Sonnabend said.

Trying to arrange subordinate financing in a loan refinancing scenario often isn’t worth the effort because of the hoops that need to be jumped through, Le Master and Sonnabend said.

“The brain damage of trying to get another million (dollars) or (US)$2 million on a deal is nothing (the borrower) is going to be able to anticipate,” Sonnabend said.

Even thought there is limited development of under-US$20-million assets going on, there are some bright spots.

Stamoutsos said markets with oil-and-gas exploration are bucking the no-development trend. He specifically cited North Dakota, the Midwest, Texas and Louisiana as where the bulk of new construction is for Wyndham.

“The higher-end, limited-service segment performed pretty well through downturn,” Sonnabend said. “Cash flow was good to put owners where they want to be for refinancing, so they do that and then see an opportunity to get in the ground with something new.”

Advice to buyers and sellers
Hunter and Stamoutsos said owners looking to sell their hotels would be better off with a quick disposition.

“If you’re thinking about selling in the next three years or so, do it sooner rather than later,” Hunter said. “By then there will be more assets on the market and that will put negative pressure on the value.”

Stamoutsos said that from 2005 to 2008 there were a number of hotel assets that sold three or four times for less than US$20 million. That’s probably not going to be the case this time around.

“Everyone then was looking at purchasing an asset and looking at holding it on a short-term basis,” he said. “Now, it’s either buy it right and sell it fairly quickly or be a long-term holder.”

Final thoughts
There was a mixed message when the panelists gave their parting shots:

Hunter: “If you’re a potential buyer and have equity, you are going to have plenty of opportunity to acquire assets between now and this conference next year across the U.S.”

Stamoutsos: “It’s just going to be prolonged—longer than what we all expected the recovery to be.”

Le Master: “It’s here, it’s going to happen. The lenders are not given the leeway to be gentle with the borrowers.”

Sonnabend: “When people saw a light at the end of the tunnel (earlier this year) they were able to raise capital to fix the property. That’s a big relief for a lot of owners.”

Rogovin: “Where is value right now? It’s a tough thing to establish.”

 

Copyright © 2004-2011 Smith Travel Research /DBA HotelNewsNow.com (HNN). All Rights Reserved.


Uncategorized - Despite headwinds, PKF boosts RevPAR forecast

21 September 2011 8:26 AM
HNN Newswire


Atlanta, Georgia–Despite news of persistent high levels of unemployment and waning consumer confidence, PKF Hospitality Research has increased its forecast of revenue growth for U.S. hotels in 2011. According to the September 2011 edition of Hotel Horizons®, PKF-HR forecasts that rooms revenue (RevPAR) for U.S. hotels will rise 7.2 percent in 2011.  This is a more optimistic projection than the 6.9 percent RevPAR growth rate published in the June 2011 edition of Hotel Horizons®.

“After reading and hearing recent news reports, many clients have been questioning why we are raising our estimates of revenue growth for the year.  However, after a thorough analysis of the latest lodging performance and economic data, it is tough not to be optimistic regarding the future of U.S. hotels,” said R. Mark Woodworth, president of PKF-HR.  “It is understandable why so many industry participants are concerned that the apparent stalling of the U.S. economy will lead to a slowdown in travel, but recent history proves otherwise.  Our investigation of the relationships between economic factors and lodging fundamentals reveals some deep high correlations that bode well for future lodging demand and pricing.”

The PKF-HR Hotel Horizons® forecasting model is based on historical lodging performance data from Smith Travel Research (STR) and economic projections from Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s).  The model relies most heavily on Moody’s forecasts of total employment and real personal income to project hotel demand and average daily room rates (ADR).

“Between the time we published our June 2011 Hotel Horizons® reports and prepared our September 2011 forecasts, Standard and Poor’s downgraded U.S. debt, the Dow Jones Industrial average lost 11 percent of its value, and the unemployment rate stalled at 9.2 percent,” noted John B. (Jack) Corgel Ph.D., the Robert C. Baker Professor of Real Estate at the Cornell University School of Hotel Administration and senior advisor to PKF-HR.  “These issues created heightened levels of uncertainty in the market.  However, before reaching conclusions as to the economic effect of these conditions on the hospitality industry, it is important to look behind the headlines at the fundamental drivers of lodging demand.”

“Our reading of the economic tea leaves is that 91 percent of the people in the labor force have jobs, the unemployment rate among educated workers who make up a large share of the traveling public is less than five percent, and employed workers are receiving real wage increases.  Total real personal income has already recovered and surpassed its historical peak.  Moreover, corporate profits keep soaring to new highs which add layers of confidence for spending on business travel,” said Corgel.

 

 

 

“We analyzed cumulative four-quarter rolling levels of accommodated demand within the nation’s largest lodging markets.  By year-end 2012, all but one of the 50 markets in our Hotel Horizons® universe are forecast to exceed their previous peak levels of demand,” said Woodworth.  “We acknowledge that conditions have become more competitive in several of these markets because of new supply, but it all starts with demand.  If businesspeople, tourists and conventioneers stop traveling, then we have a lot of more to worry about.”

For 2011, PKF-HR is forecasting that lodging demand will rise 4.5 percent, while hotel supply is projected to increase just 0.6 percent.  Looking towards 2012, PKF-HR is forecasting demand will rise another 3.1 percent, with just a 0.7 percent increase in room inventory.

“After operating through the recent recession, hotel managers will surely welcome the lack of new competition entering the market for the foreseeable future,” said Woodworth.  “Ten of the 50 Hotel Horizons® markets are forecast to experience no new competitive inventory in 2012.  In fact, PKF-HR is not projecting annual supply growth to exceed the STR reported long-run average of 2.1 percent until after 2015.”

Pricing power slow to return
With demand growth outpacing supply, occupancy for U.S. hotels is expected to increase from 57.6 percent in 2010 to 59.8 percent in 2011, and 61.2 percent in 2012.  The improving balance between supply and demand will enable hotel operators to be more aggressive in their pricing policies.  During the recent industry recovery, growth in average daily room rate (ADR) has been the one lagging indictor

“We’ve already started to see some improvement in ADR growth.  During the second quarter of 2011, the actual achieved ADR as reported by STR surpassed the PKF-HR forecast ADR.  This is the first time this has occurred in the past two years,” Woodworth observed.

Because of the relatively strong performance during the first half of the year, PKF-HR has upped its 2011 annual ADR growth forecast to 3.2 percent.  However, based on the updated economic outlook and long-term pricing trends, PKF-HR has lowered its ADR growth forecast for 2012 to 4.8 percent.  Indications are that negotiated corporate rates are starting to rise, but meeting planners are still using their leverage to mitigate group rate increases.

Most optimistic for profits
While PKF-HR’s projections for top-line revenue growth are strong, the company’s forecasts for growth in unit-level hotel profits are even more bullish.  And, for the owners and investors in U.S. lodging assets, profits are what provide returns and pay the mortgage.

“ADR is forecast to power RevPAR growth in the future, and previous research has shown that hotels are most profitable when revenue increases are driven primarily by ADR,” said Corgel.  “In addition, we are observing factors that should limit growth in hotel operating expenses.  Continued high levels of unemployment will suppress growth in line-level wage rates, plus we saw some impressive cost containment practices when analyzing the results of our annual Trends® in the Hotel Industry survey of hotel operating statements this past year.”

PKF-HR is forecasting unit-level net operating income to increase in excess of 15 percent in both 2011 and 2012.

“The overall health of the economy certainly presents challenges for U.S. hotel owners and operators.  But if you isolate those factors that have, and will have, the greatest impact on the lodging industry, the outlook is relatively optimistic.  In fact, given the forecast increases in revenues and profits, one can make the case that we are entering one of the most promising periods of performance in U.S. lodging history,” Woodworth concludes.

 

Demand Is Back
Combined, the previously cited employment, income, and corporate profit data have contributed to the surprisingly strong growth in hotel demand that occurred during the past two years despite the apparent weak economic environment.  From the first quarter of 2010 through the second quarter of 2011, U.S. lodging demand has averaged quarterly year-over-year gains of 6.9 percent.  This far surpasses the long run average of 1.8 percent (both amounts from STR).  “While we have reduced our demand growth forecasts for the second half of 2011, expectations for continued well-above-average gains remain sound,” said Woodworth.

 



Uncategorized - As leaves fall this autumn, expect rates to go up

As leaves fall this autumn, expect rates to go up
Posted by Patrick Mayock at 12:00 AM
 

Well, here we are folks. It’s the day after Labor Day and thus the unofficial end to the summer travel season for the U.S. hotel industry. Time to pack up the suntan lotion and beach towels and pull out the hooded sweatshirts and pigskin. Fall is finally upon us.

 

Browns running back Peyton Hillis celebrates after a preseason touchdown against the Green Bay Packers. With the return of football and the fall travel season, hoteliers might find themselves celebrating in a similar manner after booking higher-rated corporate business.

 

I, for one, couldn’t be more excited. While I enjoy a sun-soaked day sitting poolside as much as the next fella, I’m an even bigger fan of crisp autumn afternoons, hot apple cider and tailgating before rooting on my beloved Cleveland Browns.

(Side note: I’ve finally managed to convert my wife to the miserable world of a Browns backer. This will be the first year we enter the NFL season where she’ll be throwing her full-fledged support behind the boys in the orange and brown. I’m interested to see how long she lasts as a fan—or my wife. The suffering associated with recruiting anyone to be a Browns supporter is grounds for divorce in most states, I’m sure.)

I know many hoteliers take a similar stance—about the fall season, that is, and not so much the Browns. While leisure travel will begin to taper off, the next three months typically welcome a return of the corporate customer and their higher-rated (!!!) business (emphasis intentionally added).

While the summer months have been strong, growth in average daily rate has been muted. The June numbers from HotelNewsNow.com’s parent company STR show a gain of 3.5%, while hoteliers in July reported an increase of 3.9%. While hoteliers no doubt welcome any growth in that metric, they still have a long way to go until they’ve recovered from the double-digit declines felt during the recession.

While overall occupancy isn’t as strong as it has been, you’ll see the slowdown is more than made up for with the increases in ADR in the business sector—with, perhaps, the exception of October.

Which brings us back to fall …

I asked our friends at TravelClick to pull their forward-booking data for the Top 25 U.S. markets to give us a sense of how the next three months might shape up. The news, I’m happy to report, is good. Here’s a rundown:

September
Business Travel
Occupancy +0.8%
ADR +7.9%

Overall Travel Industry
Occupancy +1.1%
ADR +7.7%

October
Business Travel
Occupancy 0%
ADR +8.6%

Overall Travel Industry
Occupancy +5.7%
ADR -1.5%

November
Business Travel
Occupancy +4.4%
ADR +6.2%

Overall Travel Industry
Occupancy +5%
ADR +5.7%

Combine those three months together, and hoteliers have a picture that’s as pretty as the brightly colored leaves on an October afternoon in New England:

Top 25 Markets for All 3 Months
Business Travel
Occupancy +1%
ADR +7.8%

Overall Travel Industry
Occupancy +1.1%
ADR +6.9%

The opinions expressed in this blog do not necessarily reflect the opinions of HotelNewsNow.com or its parent company, Smith Travel Research and its affiliated companies. Bloggers published on this site are given the freedom to express views that may be controversial, but our goal is to provoke thought and constructive discussion within our reader community. Please feel free to comment or contact an editor with any questions or concerns. 



Uncategorized - Lower Forecast for RevPar by PwC – How does it impact you?

PwC just released their forecast for the second half of 2011 and 2012 – it's lower although still anticipates positive growth. How does this impact you? 

While macro trends are critical in understanding the backdrop of the marketplace, the specific impact is more closely related to the conditions within your back yard and the strategy you adopt to drive revenue: it's even more important to analyze your market segment strategy, per hotel, and ask your teams to

  • develop an assessment of the opportinity in each segment
  • clarify what the maximum opportunity is in occupancy and at what rate
  • assess how service and amenity options can enhance the value offering
  • map the potential into your budgets, by segments, using a couple rate and occupancy variables (more variables will just confuse the assessment)

The cummulative outcome from each segment will provide a result which is more tailored to maximizing potential from each segment vs. trying to apply a target RevPar outcome across segments evenly.

After all, while rate and occupancy are all important metrics, what really counts is WHAT YOU BANK! That requires a different mindset in your team.

 

Extracts from the PwC report: the full article and report are available by clicking here

 

The reduced outlook for the lodging sector reflects the balanced consideration of weaker economic fundamentals on the one hand, and solid year-to-date lodging trends on the other. The steady growth of lodging demand during recent months, even as the economy slowed, demonstrates the underlying momentum of lodging's recovery. This recovery of lodging demand is expected to continue, but will be tempered by the weaker macroeconomic outlook. …….

 

As a result, lodging demand in 2011 is now expected to increase by 4.6 percent, which combined with still benign supply growth of 0.8 percent, is expected to boost occupancy levels to 59.8 percent.


Increased confidence of occupancy gains are expected to be offset by the weak economic outlook, resulting in an average daily rate (ADR) increase of 3.6 percent in 2011. In 2012, ADR recovery is expected to play a bigger role in RevPAR recovery, resulting in a 5.1 percent and 6.2 percent increase in ADR and RevPAR levels, respectively.

 

  2009  2010  2011  2012
Occupancy  54.5% 57.6% 59.8% 60.4%
ADR Growth -8.6% -0.1% 3.6% 5.1%
RevPAR Growth -16.6% 5.5% 7.5% 6.2%

Source:

PwC (2011 and 2012) and Smith Travel Research

(2000 to 2010)

 

       

 

 

 

 

 



Uncategorized - Most Fed per diem rates remain similar to 2011

26 August 2011
HNN Newswire

 


WASHINGTON—These new rates, announced today by the U.S. General Services Administration (GSA), are for non-standard areas (NSAs) of the continental United States, and are in effect October 1, 2011, through September 30, 2012.

The complete FY2012 rates can be viewed at the GSA per diem Website.

Highlights
• The standard continental United States (CONUS) per diem rate for lodging applies to destinations that are not listed as specific destinations remains at $77 per night. 
• GSA noted that its data shows that the ADR for hotel rooms has not yet returned to its pre-2008 levels and that while some areas have increased, others have remained flat or fallen below FY2011 levels.
• Of the NSA rates that did change from FY2011, most rates did not increase or decrease more than $5. 

Snapshot of Per Diem Increases
Charleston, SC -  from $132 to $137
Chicago, IL -  from $166 to $171 (early summer season)
Cincinnati, OH – from $115 to $118
Colorado Springs, CO – from $84 to $88
Las Vegas, NV – from $93 to $99
Los Angeles, CA – from $123 to $125
Mackinac Island, MI – $77 to $80 (CONUS rate; upcoming high season)
Miami, FL for the Miami-Dade area – from $151 to $152 (mid-season)
New York City (Manhattan), NY – from $269 to $295 (fall season)

GSA establishes federal per diem rates by using market data provided by Smith Travel Research in order to establish rates reflective of the market where those rates apply.   

Objections and Modifications
Although federal per diem rates cannot formally be appealed by business representatives, GSA does have the ability to review and modify the rates. 

AH&LA is advising members who believe their localities may be undervalued to look to these helpful suggestions.  



Uncategorized - Door could slam shut on US hotel deals

 

25 August 2011 10:20 AM
By Shawn A. Turner
Finance Editor
Shawn@HotelNewsNow.com
 

 


Story Highlights
  • As stock prices decline, companies, especially real-estate investment trusts, will have less equity available to inject into deals.
  • Year-to-date through 9 August, U.S. hotel transactions were up 80%.
  • “When you pull the REITs out of the market, there will be very few, if any, transactions over the next several months,” said Michael J. Salinsky, director of REIT equity research at RBC Capital Markets.

REPORT FROM THE U.S.—The door might be slamming shut—again—on the U.S. hotel transactions market.

After a quiet 2009 as the industry tried to regain its footing post-downturn, hotel deals were a more common occurrence this year. But widespread apprehension in the U.S. capital markets during the past three weeks—coupled with a lack of visibility into what might lie ahead—is likely to hinder the ability of buyers and sellers to close transactions, sources report.

“I think you’re going to see a dramatic slowdown in the deal market,” said Rod Petrik, an analyst at Stifel Nicolaus.

The first sign of trouble in the deals market, analysts say, could be the news this week that Chatham Lodging Trust and Cerberus Capital Management killed their joint-ventured deal to acquire 64 hotels owned by bankrupt Innkeepers USA Trust. Chatham’s president and CEO Jeffrey H. Fisher was not immediately available for comment while a Cerberus official did not return messages for comment prior to deadline.

• Read “Chatham, Cerberus terminate Innkeepers deal.”

As stock prices decline, real-estate investment trusts (the dominant buyers of hotel assets so far this year) and other buyers will see their capital bases erode. That hobbles the potential to inject equity into deals, analysts say. Add to that a pullback in debt availability from lenders and it means deal closings going forward will be challenged.

“It’s one of those things where companies announce a deal in June and then you close in August and the world changed,” Petrik said.

Smedes Rose, an analyst at Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, said a tough financing environment will make for an even more difficult deals environment.

“If you are purchasing assets, what you are underwriting is going to be impacted by the larger macroeconomic outlook,” he said. “That’s especially true for the lodging industry.”

Deal flow
Hotel transactions had been gaining steam this year. According to STR Analytics, a sister company of HotelNewsNow.com, 180 U.S. hotel transactions took place year-to-date through 9 August, up 80% over the 100 deals completed through the same time a year ago.

“When you pull the REITs out of the market, there will be very few, if any, transactions over the next several months,” said Michael J. Salinsky, director of REIT equity research at RBC Capital Markets.

 

Jim Alderman, executive VP, Wyndham Hotel Group

Jim Alderman, executive VP of development for Wyndham Hotel Group’s TRYP by Wyndham, Planet Hollywood Hotels, Night and Dream brands in North America, said sellers who haven’t yet sold might find it difficult to unload properties. Average price per room year-to-date through 9 August was up 36.26% year-over-year to US$248,000, according to STR Analytics.

 

“There was a window earlier in the year where if you were selling, it was a good time to be selling,” Alderman said.

Wyndham is actively investing in mezzanine loans and providing the dry powder necessary to push deals to completion, Alderman said. And there are plenty of opportunities for such activity, as one special servicer Wyndham spoke to indicated it is the beneficial owner of 700 properties.

“I think our deal pipeline is … really quite robust,” he said.

Still, deal flow overall is likely to slow, Alderman said. In the wake of declining stock prices, potential public company owners aren’t as likely to pay the higher prices seen earlier this year. “Companies are taking a little bit time and making sure pricing is in line with yield expectations,” he said.

Development under threat
Development could be threatened, too. Gaylord Entertainment Company in June announced it is developing a resort and convention hotel in Aurora, Colorado, that is scheduled to break ground in mid-to-late 2012. 
Gaylord’s chairman and CEO Colin Reed indicated a prolonged economic slump could threaten another Gaylord development.

“It is important to keep in mind that we are in the very early stages of planning and reiterate that we will only move forward with a finalized deal under the appropriate economic conditions and with full confidence that the project makes economic sense for our shareholders,” he said.

Gaylord previously aborted deals in Chula Vista, California, and San Antonio. Reed said economic conditions forced the abandonment of the Chula Vista development while issues with organized labor nixed the San Antonio project.

In response to an analyst’s question about the Aurora project, Reed said the development is “moving pretty quickly here” in regard to financing and labor issues.

Looking forward
It’s unclear exactly how long the hotel transactions market will be squeezed because visibility into the quarters ahead is limited, sources interviewed for this story reported.

The Baird/STR Hotel Stock Index closed Wednesday at 1693.99 and is down 20.1% since 1 August. By comparison, the Dow Jones Industrial Average and Nasdaq are down 7.7% and 12% respectively during the same period.

“It’s too hard to tell” when transactions might again pick up, said Will Marks, an analyst at JMP Securities. “The economy appears to be in trouble.”

If the economy turns to a double-dip recession, Alderman said, that might end up breathing life back into transactions.

“If we have a double-dip,” he said, “a lot more product could become available.”

 

Copyright © 2004-2011 Smith Travel Research /DBA HotelNewsNow.com (HNN). All Rights Reserved.



Uncategorized - How to Use Psychology to Ace the Interview

How to Use Psychology to Ace the Interview By Joy Bridges, Legacy MedSearch

According to TRACOM group’s Social Styles Model, each of us can be categorized as one of four personalities. The model divides people based on two factors, assertiveness and responsiveness, and these traits affect what hiring managers look for in their employees. Some are focused on your previous achievements, others need you to work well on a team, but each social style has a sweet spot and picking up on that can help you tailor your answers to their specific tastes.

The Four Social Styles

Expressive: Assertive and responsive. Expressives are energetic, fast-paced, and visionary.

How can you tell?

Expressives are more fashion forward in their dress and tend to have cluttered offices. The desk chair may be beside the interviewer rather than across the desk to allow for more connection during the interview. They often have bright and flamboyant personalities as well.

What do they want to hear?

Personal rapport will get you much further than it would with other social styles. Expressives want to like and be liked, so building a relationship with the interviewer is nearly essential. Also, a career portfolio will help the interviewer visualize your achievements.

Driver: High assertiveness, low responsiveness. Drivers want to get ahead and are the typical alpha personality. They are results-oriented and like to be in control.

How can you tell?

The office may be neat and covered in awards and evidence of the interviewer’s achievements. He or she will likely be dressed conservatively and the guest’s chair will be across the desk to build a barrier of professionalism.

What do they want to hear?

Drivers are quick decision makers who focus on the bottom line. Elaborate on what you can do for the company and keep “return on investment” in mind as you craft your responses.

Amiable: Low assertiveness, high responsiveness, the team builder. Amiables want everyone to be happy.

How can you tell?

The guest’s chair will likely not be across the desk; rather it will be beside it. Pictures of friends and family will be displayed prominently in the office.

What do they want to hear?

Amiables want peace and cohesion in the workplace, so focus on your ability to work well with others and be nonaggressive and friendly to build trust.

Analytical: Low assertiveness and responsiveness. Often known as the thinker, this personality type is focused on logic and reasoning. They are detail-oriented and methodical decision makers.

How can you tell?

Expect an incredibly neat, organized office. This personality type is less emotional than expressives or amiables so the interviewer will seem less energetic or opinionated and likely will dress conservatively. The guest chair may be across the desk as it would be with a driver.

What do they want to hear?

Behavioral interviewing questions may be the focus of the meeting. Analytical interviewers believe that history repeats itself so be sure to have a wealth of concise, personal anecdotes that illustrate your best traits. Any way you can quantify your achievements will help put your successes in logical terms as well.

The Social Style Model is focused on helping different personality types harmonize, and to that end numerous books have been written on the subject. Here are a few resources and recommendations:

A sample report from the Assessment Business Center. It has helpful tips on getting along with each personality type.

The TRACOM Group

 

 



Uncategorized - Strengthening Group Biz Killing Profit Potential?

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Here’s an unexpected twist; though group business at hotels is roaring back that same business boost may actually be hampering profits. Say what?

Well, turns out group business rates negotiated during the darkest days of the downturn and are being cashed in big time these days. Essentially, queasy hoteliers rightfully frightened about the future condition of the American economy in 2009 and 2010 set deals for this year and next looking to secure a base of business during a time where the outlook was quite foggy.

Sure those rates guaranteed a certain level of business for this year, but hoteliers made deals to sell rooms at a considerably lower rate than that same room commands today from transient business.

Ouch.

“Group rates negotiated in 2009 are coming back to haunt us now,” said Jan Frietag, SVP at STR during the ALIS Summer Update here in the Dallas suburb of Grapevine. “Group demand is back, which is good. Rate wise though this is lower than in 2007 and 2008 and will stay like that because it is committed ADRs. You can change for 2012 and 2013 but not tomorrow. This is not good news for big markets that rely on group rooms so that gives us a little bit of pause.”

Tony Farris, the CEO of the management Quorum Hotels & Resorts is seeing this dichotomy play out in his hotels, including the Hilton DFW Lakes Executive Center where the ALIS Summer Update was held yesterday.

“The difference between group and transient rate is the most I have ever seen in my career,” said Farris. 

Another profit preventer groups are causing is they are simply not spending what they used to during events. So even though a hotel may be sold out because of an event, that group is spending a lot less on food, booze and ancillary amenities such as spa services, said Scott Berman, Principal,  with PricewaterhouseCoopers.

“The group segment is coming back better than anticipated but it still has long way to go and is behind the 10 year moving average. We have seen increases in demand particularly from corporate America, but the key is they are spending less than a few years ago,” said Berman.

But even with this niggling problem the transient traveler is out there helping hoteliers fill rooms at a better rate. That’s because as many Summer Update attendees noted, that’s a rate that can be changed immediately as rising demand warrants.

According to Jack Corgel, Professor, Cornell University and Senior Advisor with PKF Hospitality, the business traveler is out there due to the extremely high record level of corporate profits occurring right now. “The leisure traveler is out there as is the business traveler. Despite the fact we have 9.2 percent unemployment that number is concentrated among people not going to hotels [anyway],” said Corgel. 

That’s a smart and overlooked point. Most people at the lower end of the salary spectrum do not typically travel. Those that do tend to travel are more educated, higher earners, such as college graduates where Corgel said unemployment is about 4 percent. Unskilled workers are seeing unemployment as high as 25 percent.

So even with high unemployment and more thrifty groups, hoteliers will still have the opportunity to raise rates.

“There is a nice imbalance between demand increases and supply increases. Additionally we are seeing very strong demand growth on an annual basis with no new discernable supply so we are expecting rates are going to increase. Additionally [the hotel industry] is selling more rooms than ever and August will probably be the strongest demand month ever with more than 100 million rooms sold,” said Frietag. 

Here are some stats to chew on:

According to STR through May 2011 room demand is up 6.1 percent while occupancy is at about 57.5 percent, a 5.2 percent increase from the same period last year. Average Daily Rate (ADR) has hit $100, an increase of 3.3 percent while RevPAR is up 8.7 percent to $57. Overall domestic room revenue is up a very robust 9.6 percent to $42 billion so far this year.

For the complete year 2011 STR is predicting a 0.7 percent supply increase and a 4.6 percent demand increase. Frietag also believes occupancy will rise 3.8 percent while ADR should increase 4.0 percent as RevPAR soars 8.0 percent.



Uncategorized - Preach Value Not Price

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Guests are certainly coming back and demand for hotel rooms is surging. It’s a great piece of news that’s allowing hoteliers nationwide to finally relax; stop playing defense and once again start to recapture pricing control.

But this upswing – like all others before it- is fundamentally different. It’s not something to be afraid of; it’s just a matter of understanding the rules applied during the halcyon days on 2007, where guests would seemingly pay anything for a hotel rooms, have changed. Guests may still have cash in their pockets but they don’t feel as wealthy as during the housing bubble. Corporations are most definitely doing well and in many cases reporting record profits, a fact that’s convincing travel managers to send their people back on the road. And they’re doing it in droves.

Lastly, it seems as if the meetings business has recovered as the stigma of hosting meetings and incentive getaways has finally subsided.

Essentially all the fundamentals are in place for a grand recovery. According to STR through May 2011 room demand is up 6.1 percent while occupancy is at about 57.5 percent, a 5.2 percent increase from the same period last year. Average Daily Rate (ADR) has hit $100, an increase of 3.3 percent while RevPAR is up 8.7 percent to $57. Overall domestic room revenue is up a very robust 9.6 percent to $42 billion so far this year.

We’ve already discussed how the industry needs to stop psyching itself out and raise rates (see article: http://www.hotelinteractive.com/article.aspx?articleid=21350), but how are the folks that sit at the top of lodging companies see the changes taking place out there?

 “There is a fundamental shift in the perception of value,” said Stephen Joyce, President & CEO, Choice Hotels International at last month’s ALIS Summer Update. “The focus on rate will continue to pressure the ability to raise rates. Consumers are willing to pay at certain price point but a demand for value is required.”

That’s a great observation. Consumers have shifted and they’re now extremely value sensitive and not as price sensitive as one might think. It’s that psychology issue again. Consumers want to feel as if they are getting a great deal and that is not tethered to a specific price point. Instead it’s tied to the services, amenities and overall experience they are getting for the amount they are paying.

It’s why complimentary breakfasts are near ubiquitous and the pressure to deliver free internet access is so paramount.

So it’s time to tweak messages delivered to your guests and corporate clients to highlight that immense value your property brings that other cannot. Ask yourself if in your sales pitches you’re adequately sharing all the elements that come with the guest experience. Are you talking about the breadth of equipment in the fitness room? That you’ll print something for a guest at no charge? That you have an amazing outside area with fire pit? What about that amazing TV you bought a few years back and the incredible channel line-up you offer? Or how about your pool is the perfect temperature for someone looking to get in some laps without feeling frigid?

You need to share the full story of what your property has to offer, and not just the most obvious elements. Your competition is most likely on par with you for those things, so it’s a must to show value through differentiation of our product.

One property I visited earlier this year – a major branded midscale hotel — not only had DVD players in the room and complimentary movie rentals, they also showed films in the lobby as part of themed movie nights replete with popcorn. There was no mention of this anywhere on the website or any sales literature. And what a great added value. I could have entertained the kids one night during family movie night or if I was on a business mission I may have stayed in to watch a classic film another night. What a wasted opportunity!

Here’s Steve Joyce again: “We are seeing trade down [to Choice branded products] because of the fact we offer free internet and breakfast. “We have been, even in 2008, consistently delivering the message to franchisee to not drop rate because it won’t generate demand. Instead we want to see eliminating unnecessary discounting that does not drive business. Instead we offered value opportunities like a gas card when those prices peaked and we got huge response.”

So get out there and preach what you haven’t preached before. Your hotel is chockablock with amenities and experiences already built in. Now it’s up to you to let your guests and potential customers hear all about it.

Credit

     Glenn Haussman
Editor in Chief
Hotel Interactive, Inc.



Uncategorized - Itโ€™s Time for a Mid-Year Course Correction: The Results of the Annual Survey on Digital Marketing Are In

 The results of the industry’s 5th Annual Benchmark Survey on Hotel Digital Marketing Budget Planning and Best Practices are in! Now is the perfect time for hoteliers to re-assess their digital marketing practices, compare notes with their peers, and if warranted, perform a 2011 mid-year course correction.

 

It has been 16 years since the advent of the Internet distribution channel, the most cost-efficient hotel distribution and marketing channel ever. While we have come a long way, the many challenges of the past three years – such as the emergence of the hyper-interactive traveler, social media, and mobile marketing – have made it difficult for many hoteliers to keep up.

In light of these challenges, is more of the hotelier’s budget going towards digital marketing efforts? Has focus started to shift away from the fundamentals of hotel Internet marketing such as website design, optimization and paid search marketing? Are hoteliers starting to view social media as a revenue-generating tool? Will we see more hoteliers participating in mobile marketing initiatives this year?

The purpose of the HeBS Digital 5th Annual Benchmark Survey on Hotel Digital Marketing Budget Planning and Best Practices is to answer these questions and to assess hoteliers’ Internet marketing priorities and strategies for the year ahead. By analyzing the responses of many different types of hoteliers, the survey results provide the industry with insights on how Internet marketing strategies for the hospitality industry are developing year after year.

This year, HeBS Digital partnered with New York University’s Tisch Center for Hospitality Studies to launch and analyze the results of the survey.

 

Key Findings from the 5th Annual Benchmark Survey

 

  • Hotel Website Revenues: There is still a way to go before survey respondents get to where they should be with their websites. Hoteliers responded that 25.6% of business at their hotel comes from their hotel website, 16% from the property pages/mini-site on the major hotel brand website, and 17.8% from the OTA’s.
    • More than 36% of CRS bookings for the top 30 hotel brands currently come from the brand websites (eTRAK), so the industry as a whole has room for improvement.
  • 2011 Digital Marketing Budgets Are Higher: Hoteliers increased their website re-design/design (20.2%) and website optimization (13.7%) budgets this year. Even so, over 73.4% of hoteliers reported that the economic environment and overall budget constraints continue to affect Internet marketing budget planning (30.3% and 43.1% respectively). The good news is that for 74.5% of respondents, their 2011 Internet marketing budget was higher than in 2010.
  • Shift from Offline to Online: Of the respondents that increased their 2011 budget, 49.1% shifted money from offline marketing budgets. This is most likely because hoteliers believe that Internet marketing (40.5%) produces better results than traditional and offline marketing (9.5%). This is a smart move considering the online channel is still the only growth channel in hospitality and the most measureable marketing channel.
  • Social Media is an Industry Favorite: Perceptions toward social media have changed over the years, with 43% of hoteliers saying they believe social media is one of the Internet marketing formats that produces the best results and the highest ROIs. This is a dramatic change from the first benchmark survey (2007), when only 16.8% of hoteliers believed social media produced results.
  • Hoteliers Realize the Importance of the Mobile Web: More hoteliers are planning for a mobile site this year (37.5% vs. 25.9% last year) and a mobile booking engine (37% this year vs. 22.4% last year). Also of note, only 8.9% of hoteliers are budgeting for a mobile app vs. 24.1% last year.
  • Conformity to Best Practices: Hoteliers believe they have hotel Internet marketing under control. Seventy-eight percent responded that they believe their hotel conforms to the latest best practices in terms of Internet marketing, compared to 76% last year. As the industry matures, hoteliers continue to professionally develop in this area.
  • What Was the Most Common Objective Hoteliers Did Not Achieve in 2010? Most survey respondents (41.7%) said they did not achieve their mobile marketing objectives last year. With 1.5% – 3% of visitors to hotel websites accessing the hotel site via mobile devices, as well as a 3,000% increase in mobile hotel searches year-over-year (Google), hoteliers cannot afford to lag behind in the mobile space.

 

Breaking Down the Hotel Digital Marketing Budget

 

The shift from the offline/traditional channel to the online channel is permanent: 52.3% of overall CRS bookings for the top 30 hotel brands come from the online channel, which is an increase of nearly 10% compared to 2008 when online channel contribution was 47.6%. As a reminder, in 2006 the online channel share was 37.6% (eTRAK Report).

For the industry as a whole, over 45% of all hotel bookings in 2011 (leisure, unmanaged and managed corporate travel) will be via the Internet (direct + indirect online channels) (HeBS Digital research).

GDS Travel Agent bookings are slightly up for corporate travel (.08%) and shrinking for leisure travel, voice reservations are in decline (-2.7%), and the group market will be flat at best this year. The online channel is still the only growth channel in hospitality. HeBS Digital estimates a minimum growth rate of 3%-4%. Are hoteliers budgeting adequately for this demand?

Based on the well-defined shift from offline to online distribution, what portion of hoteliers’ budgets are devoted to Internet marketing activities in 2011? Similar to previous years, the majority of respondents devoted between 11-20% (27.9% of respondents) and 21-49% (22.8%) of their budget to digital marketing initiatives this year.

Within the obvious budget constraints, how are hoteliers allocating their budgets? As a whole, hoteliers are making more room in their budget for website re-designs and optimizations, SEM/paid search and SEO, mobile marketing and social media initiatives.

Table A below shows how respondents are breaking down the hotel Internet budget:

Table A

 

Of your total Internet marketing budget, where did you spend your money?

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011 (projected)

Website re-design/design

18%

22%

19.6%

16%

16.34%

20.2%

Website optimization

9%

11.3%

12.8%

10%

10.1%

13.7%

Strategic links to property website from online directories, portals

6%

9.6%

7.5%

8%

7.7%

14.2%

Paid Search Engine Marketing: Pay-per-click (PPC)

14%

8.6%

17%

16%

17.7%

20.2%

Local search/Online Yellow Pages

3%

3.6%

4.2%

4%

3.4%

4.7%

Meta search (Kayak, etc.)

2%

2.6%

2.6%

3%

2.6%

4.3%

Search Engine Optimization (SEO)

10%

11.5%

8.7%

12%

10.5%

13.4%

Display advertising (banners)

6%

6.6%

7%

5%

7.6%

7.6%

Email marketing

10%

11.5%

8.7%

7%

11%

12.3%

Mobile marketing (mobile search, mobile websites, SMS messaging, etc.)

N/A

N/A

N/A

2%

4.5%

6.9%

Interactive/Web 2.0 /Social Media

1%

3.1%

3%

6%

2.9%

N/A

Social Media*

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7.5%

11.7

Online Video

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

4.3%

7.9%

Outside Internet marketing agency

6%

7%

5.1%

7%

10.5%

9.6%

*In 2011 Social media was separated from Interactive/Web 2.0 for the first time. All years prior these initiatives were combined in this question.

 

The numbers show a renewed focus towards budgeting for website design. This is promising, as the hotel website is the main hub for content delivery and multi-channel customer engagement, and even in 2011 many hotel websites are outdated and don’t align with the needs of today’s travel consumer.

With the recent Google “Panda” algorithm update, the percentage hoteliers are dedicating to website optimization may be too low. Google Panda, the next evolution in Google search algorithms, is more than ever based on relevancy and quality of web content. Unique and thematic writing is prized over bland content and traditional SEO keyword stuffing, which poses new requirements to the quality of hotel websites. Metrics like bounce rate, length and depth of visit, all indicative of how interesting the content on the site is, as well as page load time are all critical factors in achieving the highest desired keyword rankings. Hoteliers must take this into account and budget for in-depth website optimizations and re-designs for next year.

 

Where is the ROI?

 

Of all hotel digital marketing initiatives in the survey, hoteliers believe that website optimization produces the highest ROI. Social media however, introduced as its own category this year – was not far behind at 43%. This shows a dramatic change in the perception over the past few years of how much revenue Facebook, Twitter, etc. really generate. While social media is not a distribution channel, it is increasingly becoming an important customer engagement channel. Whereas in the past hoteliers were skeptical as to whether social media should even play a role in their Internet marketing strategy, today it is one of the fundamentals.

 

Table B

What Internet marketing formats do you believe produce the best results and the highest returns on investment (ROI)?

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Website design/redesign

62.9%

70.19%

56.3%

61.7%

64.9%

Website optimization

71.9%

68.27%

81.6%

70%

71.9%

Strategic links to property website from online directories, portals

52.7%

41.35%

48.3%

48.3%

46.5%

Paid Search Engine Marketing: Pay-per-click (PPC)

40.7%

39.42%

56.3%

38.3%

47.4%

Search optimization – Organic search

68.3%

56.73%

60.9%

58.3%

65.8%

Display advertising (banners)

16.2%

12.5%

28.7%

21.7%

14%

Email marketing

58.7%

60.6%

51.7%

48.3%

59.6%

Email sponsorships

6.6%

26%

37.9%

10%

3.5%

Mobile marketing

N/A

N/A

N/A

15%

14.9%

Web 2.0/Social Media formats (e.g. TripAdvisor, Facebook, Twitter, blogs, etc)

16.8%

26%

37.9%

41.7%

N/A

Social Media**

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

43%

Online Video

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

17.5%

**In 2011 Social media was separated from Interactive/Web 2.0 for the first time. All years prior these initiatives were combined in this question.

Most respondents (34.5%) expect to achieve 11-15 times ROI from their Internet marketing campaigns in 2011, as they should if they are following best practices.

 

Mobile Still Growing Exponentially

 

Mobile marketing was introduced as its own topic last year, and rightly so, has quickly become a very important tool in the hotelier’s digital marketing arsenal. As you may see in Table C, more hoteliers fit a mobile site into their 2011 planning (37.5%) and a mobile booking engine (37.5%) this year.

Over the past two years, the mobile channel has become an important travel planning and transaction channel in the U.S. and worldwide. Hotel guests and travel consumers in general are mobile-ready, and hoteliers and travel suppliers have to respond adequately to this growing demand for mobile travel services.

By 2014, mobile Internet users will surpass the number of desktop Internet users. The most important statistic though is the number of smartphone users. Smartphones are changing how we do business in hospitality, how we market, how we service customers. There are nearly 75 million smartphone users in the U.S. alone; their number will exceed 100 million by 2014.

 

Table C

What mobile marketing initiatives are you planning for?

2010

2011

Mobile site

25.9%

37.5%

Mobile booking engine

22.4%

37.5%

SMS Text marketing

27.6%

25%

Mobile banner advertising

19%

12.5%

iPhone app

24.1%

8.9%

I am not planning on mobile marketing initiatives for 2010

32.8%

38.4%

 

We can see from the results there was a dramatic decline in hoteliers planning for an iPhone app this year. Perhaps this is because hotels do not need a mobile app if they are single-property, independent and franchised hotels and resorts or smaller and mid-size hotel chains and multi-property companies. These hotel companies are better off focusing on building and enhancing their mobile websites and promoting the mobile site via mobile marketing initiatives. Click here to read the HeBS Digital perspective on the subject.

In 2011, independent or franchised hotels and resorts, as well as small and mid-size hotel chains and multi-property hotel companies, should continue to focus on building and enhancing their mobile websites and launching mobile marketing initiatives, such as mobile SEM, SEO, mobile-social media initiatives, interactive sweepstakes and contests.

 

Who’s Gone Social?

Facebook is not necessarily an “e-Commerce engine’” yet it should not be ignored. Engaging your current and potential guests via social marketing has become the norm.

In last year’s survey, we really started to see a proliferation of hoteliers participating in Interactive/Web 2.0 & social media initiatives. The numbers were steadier this year (see Table C below), however there were significant increases in hoteliers planning for ‘share this site’ and RSS on the website (33%), the use of reputation monitoring services (23.2%), participation in blog(s) that concern the hotel (39.3%) and advertising on social media sites (50%).

 

Table D

What type of Web 2.0 & Social Media marketing initiatives are you planning?

2008

2009

2010

2011

A blog on the hotel website

14.5%

14%

37.9%

37.5%

‘Share this site’ and RSS on the website

N/A

N/A

24.1%

33%

A photo sharing functionality on the hotel website

12.7%

4.7%

32.8%

29.5%

Sweepstakes and contests on the hotel website

9%

3.5%

36.2%

30.4%

Survey and comment card on the hotel website

18.4%

14%

31%

35.7%

Subscribe to a reputation monitoring service

8.4%

2.3%

19%

23.2%

Create profiles for my hotel(s) on the social networks (Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, etc.)

13.3%

14%

50%

56.3%

Create and post videos on YouTube

N/A

N/A

46.6%

37.5%

Actively participate in blogs that concern my hotel

12.7%

5.8%

24.1%

39.3%

Advertise on social media sites (e.g. TripAdvisor, Facebook, etc.)

8.1%

15.1%

39.7%

50%

I am not planning on Web 2.0 and Social Media initiatives for 2010

N/A

15.1%

6.9%

12.5%

Additionally of interest, 31.1% of hoteliers surveyed said they have hired a designated person to handle social media management at their hotel(s) vs. doing this themselves (27.2%) or hiring a company to do this for them (24.3%).

As managing social media profiles and initiatives becomes an even more time-consuming process (as it has every year since the topic was introduced), we expect the percentage of designated social media management personnel to rise.

 

Planning for Video

 

Nothing sells a travel experience better than video. Are hoteliers budgeting adequately for this initiative?

Table E

Which online video initiatives are you planning for 2011?

 

Creating videos of my hotel

39.1%

Add video to my hotel website

42.7%

Online video advertising

13.6%

MMS Messaging

4.5%

Combine video with social networking

34.5%

I am not planning on online video initiatives for 2011

35.5%

HeBS Digital highly recommends adding videos to the hotel website, which a majority of respondents are planning on (42.7%), followed by posting videos on social networking sites (YouTube and Facebook first), and sending videos out via MMS messaging. These videos do not need to be long – today’s attention spans, along with mobile distribution restrictions, call for shorter 30 to 60-second videos representing different aspects of the hotel product (meeting space, spa, dining, etc.).

 

Conclusion

 

This year’s survey results showed that while hoteliers have not fully put poor economic conditions behind them in their planning, they continue to move budget dollars to the direct online channel and to important digital marketing initiatives that reach the hyper-interactive traveler, such as mobile, social media and video.

How can hoteliers succeed this year? There is no doubt that hoteliers need to invest their marketing efforts and budgets in the direct online channel. Especially today, with hotel distribution ideas and channels entering the picture such as flash sale sites. These are not only detrimental to the hotel industry from a pricing and branding perspective; they also do not make any economic sense.

Hoteliers need a robust direct online channel strategy accompanied by adequate marketing funds to be able to take advantage of the steady growth in the Internet channel and the shift from offline to online bookings in hospitality due to declining GDS and voice channels. Hoteliers must carefully employ ROI-centric initiatives including website redesign, website optimization and SEO, SEM, email marketing, online media and sponsorships, mobile marketing and proven social media initiatives.

Furthermore, due to the fact that today’s travel consumers live in a perpetual “digital information cloud,” hoteliers need to employ multi-channel marketing and distribution strategies. Multi-channel marketing has become the foundation for a smart direct online channel strategy. In this environment, the hotel website, SEM campaigns, email marketing, social media presence, mobile, etc. have a symbiotic relationship. Hoteliers should not attribute all revenue to the last click, and should understand that unleashing a marketing promotional campaign simultaneously across all available marketing channels produces far greater returns than each individual marketing format alone.

 

About the 5th Annual Benchmark Survey

 

HeBS Digital would like to extend a warm thank you to Professor Dr. Jukka Laitamaki’s NYU hospitality students for helping launch and analyze the results of this survey.

 

Survey Participation:

Hoteliers worldwide participated in the survey, representing the United States, Africa, Asia-Pacific, Western Europe, South America, New Zealand and Australia. Respondents included mostly General Managers (46.2%), Directors of Sales & Marketing (18.3%), and Corporate Management (17.3%). A small percentage of respondents were comprised of Revenue Managers, E-Commerce Managers, and Front Desk Managers.

Forty-four percent of respondents are from independent hotels, 31% franchised hotels, 24.8% hotel chains/major brands, 10.1% resorts and 2.8% casinos. The majority of respondents were from midscale and luxury properties (39.1% and 32.7% respectively) with the rest from boutique (17.3%) and budget-economy properties (10.9%).

 

About the Authors

 

Max Starkov is Chief eBusiness Strategist and Mariana Mechoso Safer is Vice President, Marketing at Hospitality eBusiness Strategies (HeBS Digital), the industry’s leading full-service hotel digital marketing and direct online channel strategy firm based in New York City (www.HeBSDigital.com).

HeBS Digital has pioneered many of the "best practices" in hotel Internet marketing, social and mobile marketing, and direct online channel distribution. The firm specializes in helping hoteliers build their direct Internet marketing and distribution strategy, boost the hotel’s Internet marketing presence, establish interactive relationships with their customers, and significantly increase direct online bookings and ROIs.

A diverse client portfolio of over 500 top tier major hotel brands, luxury and boutique hotel brands, resorts and casinos, hotel management companies, franchisees and independents, and CVBs has sought and successfully taken advantage of the firm hospitality Internet marketing expertise offered at HeBS. Contact HeBS Digital consultants at (212) 752-8186 or success@hebsdigital.com.

 

 

Logos, product and company names mentioned are the property of their respective owners.

 

Inserted from <http://www.hotelresource.com/article56752.html



Uncategorized - commentary

body 

Read more on “commentary” »



Uncategorized - Blog Postings Coming Soon!

Hello and Welcome! Please return soon.